UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM
(Mark One)
OR
For the fiscal year ended
OR
OR
Date of event requiring this shell company report
For the transition period from __________ to __________
Commission file number
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
N/A
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(Address of principal executive offices)
+
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
Title of each class |
Trading Symbol(s) |
Name of each exchange on which registered | ||
|
|
|
|
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
None
(Title of Class)
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes ☐
Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
| ||
|
|
Accelerated filer ☐ |
Non-accelerated filer ☐ |
|
Emerging growth company |
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
|
____________________ |
|
1 |
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
|
|
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☐ |
Other ☐ |
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. N/A
☐ Item 17 ☐ Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes ☐ No
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
Yes ☐ No ☐
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
1 | ||
|
| ||
|
1 | ||
|
1 | ||
|
1 | ||
| 34 | ||
| 71 | ||
| 72 | ||
| 83 | ||
|
104 | ||
| 106 | ||
| 106 | ||
| 107 | ||
| 119 | ||
| 120 | ||
| 120 | ||
|
| ||
| 120 | ||
| 120 | ||
|
120 | ||
|
121 | ||
|
121 | ||
|
121 | ||
| 121 | ||
| 122 | ||
| 122 | ||
| 122 | ||
|
122 | ||
|
124 | ||
| 124 | ||
|
124 | ||
|
| ||
| 124 | ||
|
124 | ||
| 125 | ||
| 126 |
Certain Definitions
In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, unless the context otherwise requires:
| • |
references to “InMode,” the “Company,” “us,” “we” and “our” refer to
InMode Ltd., an Israeli company, and its consolidated subsidiaries; |
| • |
references to “ordinary shares,” “our shares” and similar expressions refer to the Company’s ordinary
shares; |
| • |
references to “dollars,” “U.S. dollars” and “$” are to U.S. Dollars; |
| • |
references to “shekels” and “NIS” are to New Israeli Shekels, the Israeli currency; |
| • |
references to the “Companies Law” are to Israel’s Companies Law, 5759-1999, as amended; |
| • |
references to the “SEC” are to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; and |
| • |
references to “U.S. GAAP” are to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. |
Forward-Looking Statements
The sections entitled “Item 3. Key Information - D. Risk Factors” “Item
4. Information on the Company” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 20-F contain forward-looking statements that are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other
than statements of historical facts, included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial
position, future revenues, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth are forward-looking
statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,”
“may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “will,” “would” and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying
words. Unless otherwise indicated in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, the basis for any statements regarding our competitive position
is based on our own assessment and knowledge of the market in which we operate.
These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements about:
| • |
our ability to identify and penetrate new markets for our products and technology; |
| • |
our ability to innovate, develop and commercialize our existing and new products and to expand beyond our traditional customer base;
|
| • |
the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our continuing operations, development plans, financial forecasts and expectations, and other
matters related to our business and operations; |
| • |
our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory clearances; |
| • |
our expectation regarding the safety and efficacy of our products; |
| • |
the commercial experience of our management team; |
| • |
our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy; |
| • |
our estimates regarding the potential market opportunity for our products; |
| • |
developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry; |
| • |
our ability to differentiate and distinguish our products from those of our competitors; |
| • |
our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing; |
| • |
our sales and marketing capabilities and strategy in the United States and internationally; |
| • |
the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, products and technology; |
| • |
our ability to attract or retain key personnel; |
| • |
our intellectual property portfolio and position and our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; and |
| • |
our assessment of the impact to us of any third-party litigation claiming patent infringement. |
We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking
statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s
current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and our management’s
beliefs and assumptions, are not guarantees of future performance or development, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and
expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included
in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, particularly in the section entitled “Item 3. Key Information - D. Risk Factors,” which
could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. You should not put undue reliance
on any forward-looking statements. Unless we are required to do so under U.S. federal securities laws or other applicable laws, we do
not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements. Readers are encouraged to consult the Company’s reports made on Form
6-K, which are periodically filed with or furnished to the SEC.
Other Statements in this Annual Report
Except as otherwise indicated, all share amounts, per share amounts and related information
in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been adjusted retroactively for a 2-for-1 share split of our ordinary shares by way of an issuance
of bonus shares, which we refer to as the “2021 Share Split,” that was effective on September 30, 2021. We previously conducted
a 1.789-for-1 share split of our ordinary shares by way of an issuance of bonus shares, which we refer to as the “2019 Share Split,”
that was effective on July 24, 2019.
ii
PART I
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT
AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
| A. |
[Reserved]. |
| B. |
Capitalization and Indebtedness |
Not applicable.
| C. |
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds |
Not applicable.
1
| D. |
Risk Factors |
Our business faces significant risks. You should carefully consider
all of the information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and in our other filings with the SEC, including the following risk
factors that we face and that are faced by our industry. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially
and adversely affected by any of these risks. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial
also may have similar adverse effects on us. This report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Our results could materially differ from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, as a result of certain factors, including
the risks described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and our other SEC filings. See “Forward-Looking Statements”
above.
Summary Risk Factors
Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware of before
making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report. These
risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
| • |
our success depends upon market acceptance of our products; |
| • |
if there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our products could decline,
resulting in unfavorable operating results; |
| • |
the success and continued development of our products depends, in part, upon maintaining strong relationships with physicians and
other healthcare professionals; |
| • |
we rely heavily on our sales professionals to market and sell our products worldwide. If we are unable to hire, effectively train,
manage, improve the productivity of and retain our sales professionals, our business will be harmed, which would impair our future revenue
and profitability; |
| • |
the failure to attract and retain key personnel could adversely affect our business; |
| • |
if we do not continue to develop and commercialize new products and identify new markets for our products and technologies, we may
not remain competitive or expand beyond our traditional customer base, and our revenues and operating results could suffer; |
| • |
product liability suits could be brought against us due to defective material or design or misuse of our products and could result
in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial damages and an increase in our insurance rates; |
| • |
our products and operations are subject to extensive and continuing regulatory compliance obligations in the United States and other
countries, and failure to meet those obligations could adversely harm our business; |
| • |
we outsource almost all of the manufacturing of our products to a small number of manufacturing subcontractors. If our subcontractors’
operations are interrupted or if our orders exceed our subcontractors’ manufacturing capacity, we may not be able to deliver our
products on time; |
| • |
if we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed. Our success and ability to
compete depends in large part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology; |
| • |
third parties have commenced and may in the future commence litigation against us claiming that our products infringe upon their
patents or other intellectual property rights; |
| • |
if we fail to obtain and maintain necessary FDA clearances for our products, if clearances for future products and proposed indications
are delayed or not issued, if we or any of our third-party suppliers or manufacturers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements,
or if there are regulatory changes, our commercial operations could be harmed; and |
| • |
as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq corporate governance
rules and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, than U.S. domestic public companies,
which may limit the information available to holders of our ordinary shares. |
2
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our success depends upon market acceptance of our products.
We design, develop, manufacture and commercialize innovative, minimally invasive and
non-invasive surgical/medical products. We have developed products that apply our minimally invasive technology in plastic surgery, dermatology,
gynecology and ophthalmology. We were established in 2008 and have expanded our product offerings to include ten product platforms: BodyTite,
Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, EvolveX, Evoke, Morpheus8 and EmpowerRF.
We introduced two additional product platforms in 2021, the EmpowerRF and EvolveX,
which replaced our Evolve platform. If we fail to significantly penetrate current
or new markets with our products or fail to properly manage the manufacturing and distribution of multiple products, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted. The success of our products depends on adoption and acceptance of our
technology by user doctors. The rate of adoption and acceptance may be affected adversely by perceived issues relating to quality and
safety, doctors’ reluctance to invest in new technologies, the cost of competitive treatments and widespread acceptance of other
technologies. Our business strategy is based, in part, on our expectation that we will continue to make novel product introductions and
upgrades that we can sell to new and existing users of our products and that we will be able to identify new markets for our existing
technologies.
To increase our revenues, we must:
| • |
continue to further penetrate our existing, traditional customer base, including plastic and facial surgeons, aesthetic surgeons,
dermatologists and obstetricians/gynecologists, or OB/GYNs, and drive recurring revenues by demonstrating to our customers that our products
or product upgrades would be an attractive revenue-generating addition to their practices; |
| • |
expand our customer base to include non-traditional customers, such as ear, nose and throat physicians, or ENTs, ophthalmologists,
general practitioners and aesthetic clinicians; |
| • |
leverage our existing technology to expand into new minimally invasive and non-invasive applications that either add to or significantly
improve our current products; |
| • |
increase our sales presence to target and expand our market globally; |
| • |
actively pursue business development opportunities, including potential acquisitions and strategic partnerships to augment our product
and technology portfolio; and |
| • |
expand and maintain our intellectual property and patent portfolio. |
In addition, the surgical aesthetic solutions market is highly competitive and dynamic
and marked by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovations. Demand for our products could be diminished by
equivalent or superior products and technologies offered by competitors.
If there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with
our products, practitioner demand for our products could decline, resulting in unfavorable operating results.
Continued expansion of the global market for energy-based aesthetic procedures is a
material assumption of our business strategy. Most procedures performed using our products are not reimbursable through government or
private health insurance and are therefore elective procedures, the cost of which must be borne by the patient. The decision to utilize
our products may therefore be influenced by a number of factors, including:
| • |
consumer disposable income and access to consumer credit; |
| • |
the cost of procedures performed using our products; |
| • |
the cost, safety and effectiveness of alternative treatments, including treatments which are not based upon laser or other energy-based
technologies and treatments which use pharmaceutical products; |
| • |
the success of our sales and marketing efforts; |
| • |
the education of our customers and patients on the benefits and uses of our products compared to competitors’ products and
technologies; and |
| • |
consumer confidence, which may be impacted by economic and political conditions. |
If, as a result of these factors, there is not sufficient demand for the procedures
performed with our products, practitioner demand for our products could decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our results
of operations.
3
The success and continued development of our products depends, in
part, upon maintaining strong relationships with physicians and other healthcare professionals.
If we fail to maintain our working relationships with physicians and other ancillary
healthcare professionals, our products may not be developed and marketed in line with the needs and expectations of the professionals
who use and support our products. If we are unable to maintain these strong relationships or form new relationships with physicians and
other healthcare professionals beyond our traditional customer base, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely heavily on our sales professionals to market and sell our
products worldwide. If we are unable to hire, effectively train, manage, improve the productivity of and retain our sales professionals,
our business will be harmed, which would impair our future revenue and profitability.
Our success largely depends on our ability to hire, train, manage and improve the productivity
levels of our sales professionals worldwide. We train our existing and recently recruited sales professionals to better understand our
existing and new product technologies and how they can be positioned against our competitors’ products and increase the revenue
of our customers. It may take time for the sales professionals to become productive, and there can be no assurance that recently recruited
sales professionals will be adequately trained in a timely manner, that our direct sales productivity will improve or that we will not
experience significant levels of attrition in the future.
Product liability suits could be brought against us due to defective
material or design or misuse of our products and could result in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial damages
and an increase in our insurance rates.
Our systems are inherently complex in design and require ongoing scheduled maintenance.
Our products may malfunction when used by our customers. Additionally, if our products are alleged to be defectively designed, manufactured
or labeled, contain defective components, or are misused, we may become subject to substantial and costly litigation by our customers
or their patients. Misusing our products or failing to adhere to operating guidelines could cause burns, scarring and tissue irregularities.
In addition, if our operating guidelines are found to be inadequate, we may be subject to liability. Furthermore, our products are sold
in jurisdictions that vary as to the specific qualifications or training required for purchasers or operators of the products. There is
a risk that our products may be purchased or operated by physicians with varying levels of training and, in some cases, by practitioners,
such as nurses, chiropractors and technicians, who may not be adequately trained. The purchase and use of our products by non-physicians
or persons who lack adequate training may result in the misuse of our products, which could give rise to adverse treatment outcomes. If
we are unable to prevent product malfunctions or misuse, or if we fail to do so in a timely manner, we could also experience, among other
things, delays in the recognition of revenues or loss of revenues, particularly in the case of new products; legal actions by customers,
patients and other third parties, which could result in substantial judgments against us or settlement costs; action by regulatory bodies;
and diversion of development, engineering and management resources.
Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business,
be expensive to defend and result in sizable damage awards against us. In addition, such potential adverse effects may cause a significant
increase in the premiums under our insurance policies. Further, the coverage limits of our product liability insurance policies may not
be adequate to cover future claims. A successful claim brought against us in excess of, or outside of, our insurance coverage could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could nevertheless
have an adverse impact on us, due to damage to our reputation and diversion of management resources.
4
We may have difficulty managing our growth, which could limit our
ability to increase sales and cash flow.
We have experienced significant growth in our operations, and the number of our employees
has significantly increased since inception. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, as well as our financial and
operational resources. In order to achieve our business objectives, we will need to continue to grow our business. Continued growth would
increase the challenges involved in:
| • |
implementing appropriate operational and financial systems; |
| • |
expanding our sales and marketing infrastructure and capabilities; |
| • |
ensuring compliance with applicable Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other regulatory requirements; |
| • |
providing adequate training and supervision to maintain high quality standards; and |
| • |
preserving our culture and values. |
If our growth continues, it will require that we continue to develop and improve our
operational, financial and other internal controls. If we cannot scale and manage our business appropriately, we will not realize our
projected growth and our financial results will suffer.
The failure to attract and retain key personnel could adversely
affect our business.
Our success also will depend in large part on our ability to continue to attract, retain
and motivate qualified and highly skilled personnel. Competition for highly skilled employees is intense. We may be unable to continue
to attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly skilled employees. Our inability to attract and retain additional key employees or
the loss of one or more of our current key employees could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our financial results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.
We base our production, inventory and operating expenditure levels on anticipated orders.
If orders are not received when expected in any given quarter, expenditure levels could be disproportionately high in relation to sales
for that quarter. A number of additional factors, over which we have limited control, may contribute to fluctuations in our financial
results, including:
| • |
customer adoption of our products; |
| • |
the willingness of individuals to pay directly for aesthetic medical procedures in light of the lack of reimbursement by third-party
payors; |
| • |
continued availability of attractive equipment leasing terms for our customers, which may be negatively influenced by interest rate
increases; |
| • |
changes in our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals and maintain compliance with applicable regulatory requirements;
|
| • |
actual or perceived breaches of, or failures relating to, privacy, data protection or data security; |
| • |
positive or negative coverage in the media or clinical publications of our products or products of our competitors or industry;
|
| • |
increases in the length of our sales cycle; |
| • |
performance of our independent distributors; |
| • |
delays in, or failure of, product and component deliveries by our subcontractors and suppliers; and |
| • |
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or other global health crises on our business and general economic conditions. |
5
We rely on a limited number of suppliers, contract manufacturers,
and logistics partners for our products. A loss of any of these partners or delays at transition points such as harbors, straights, and
ports could negatively affect our business.
We rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers, suppliers and logistics providers
to manufacture and transport our products. Our reliance on a limited number of contract manufacturers for our products increases our risks,
since we do not currently have alternative or replacement contract manufacturers beyond these key parties. In the event of interruption
from any of our contract manufacturers or suppliers, we may not be able to increase capacity from other sources or develop alternate or
secondary sources without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays. Furthermore, our primary facilities are located
in Israel. Thus, our business could be affected if one or more of our suppliers, manufacturers or logistics partners are impacted by a
natural disaster, an epidemic such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, or other interruption at a particular location. In particular, the
ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may cause, interruptions in the development, manufacturing, and shipment of our products, which could adversely
impact our revenue, gross margins, and operating results. Such interruptions may be due to, among other things, temporary closures of
the facilities our contract manufacturers, and other vendors in our supply chain; restrictions or delays on transport or the
import/export of goods and services from certain ports and harbors that we and our logistics partners use; and local quarantines or work
stoppages.
Competition among providers of energy-based devices for the medical
aesthetics market is characterized by rapid innovation. If we do not continue to develop and commercialize new products and identify new
markets for our products and technologies and expand beyond our traditional customer base, we may not remain competitive, and our revenues
and operating results could suffer.
The industry in which we operate is subject to continuous technological development
and product innovation. If we do not continue to be innovative in the development of new products and applications, our competitive position
will likely deteriorate as other companies successfully design and commercialize new products and applications. While we attempt to protect
our products through patents and other intellectual property, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing
competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. We expect that any competitive advantage we may enjoy from our current
and future innovations may diminish over time, as companies successfully respond to our, or create their own, innovations. Accordingly,
our success depends in part on developing new and innovative applications of laser and other energy-based technology and identifying new
markets for and applications of existing products to new customers and technology. Our future growth also depends, in part, on our ability
to expand beyond our traditional customer base to ENTs, ophthalmologists, general practitioners and aesthetic clinicians. If we are unable
to develop and commercialize new products and identify and penetrate new markets for our products and technology, our products and technology
could become obsolete and our revenues and operating results could be adversely affected.
Our long-term growth depends on our ability to enhance our products,
expand our indications, and develop and commercialize additional products.
It is important to our business that we continue to enhance our products and develop
and introduce new products. Developing products is expensive and time-consuming. The success of any new product offering or product enhancement
to our current products will depend on several factors, including our ability to:
| • |
properly identify and anticipate physician and patient needs; |
| • |
develop and introduce new products and product enhancements in a timely manner; |
| • |
avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties; |
| • |
demonstrate, if required, the safety and efficacy of new products with data from preclinical studies and clinical trials; |
| • |
obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for expanded indications, new products or product modifications; and
|
| • |
be fully FDA-compliant with marketing of new devices or modified products. |
If we are not successful in expanding our indications and developing and commercializing
new products and product enhancements, our ability to increase our revenue may be impaired, which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
6
Our inability to compete effectively with our competitors may prevent
us from achieving significant market penetration or improving our operating results.
Our products compete against products offered by public companies, including Allergan
plc, Cutera, Inc., Apyx Medical Corporation, Venus Concept Inc., Sisram Medical Ltd and Viveve Medical, Inc., as well as by private companies,
such as Cynosure LLC, Lumenis Ltd., BTL Aesthetics, Inc. and Candela Medical Inc. Competition with these companies could result in reduced
prices and profit margins and loss of market share, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We also face competition from medical aesthetic products, including Botox, hyaluronic acid injections and collagen injections, and aesthetic
procedures, such as face lifts, liposuction, sclerotherapy, electrolysis, chemical peels and laser procedures, which may offer a broader
range of medical and non-medical products and technologies that are more readily available to customers at a lower cost. Our ability to
compete effectively depends upon our ability to distinguish the Company and our products from our competitors and their products and includes
the following factors:
| • |
product performance; |
| • |
product pricing; |
| • |
product safety; |
| • |
intellectual property protection; |
| • |
quality of customer support; |
| • |
success and timing of new product development and introductions; and |
| • |
development of successful distribution channels. |
Furthermore, potential customers also may need to recoup the cost of expensive products
that they already have purchased from our competitors and may decide not to purchase our products or to delay such purchases. If we are
unable to achieve continued market penetration, we will be unable to compete effectively, and our business will be harmed.
The introduction of disruptive technological breakthroughs, whether
pharmaceutical or other newer therapeutic solutions, may present an additional threat to our success in our target markets.
The medical technology industry is intensely competitive. Pharmaceutical alternative
treatments compete vigorously with traditional laser and other energy-based procedures, such as those carried out with our products. Some
pharmaceutical companies, academic and research institutions or others may develop new, non-invasive or minimally invasive therapies that
are more effective, more convenient or less expensive than our current or future products. The introduction of new technologies, along
with these potential new therapies, could result in increased competition or make our products obsolete. Moreover, we could expand our
business to include new, non-invasive or minimally invasive therapies which may compete with our current product offerings. We may not
be able to respond effectively to technological changes and emerging industry standards or to successfully identify, develop or support
new technologies or enhancements to existing products in a timely and cost-effective manner. Any such developments could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our markets are characterized by evolving technological standards
and changes in customer requirements, and we may not be able to react to such changes and introduce new products in a timely manner.
The aesthetics market is characterized by extensive research and development, technological
change, frequent modifications and enhancements, innovations, new applications, evolving industry standards, and changes in customer requirements.
Our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to introduce new products on a timely basis, as well as to introduce other product
enhancements that address the evolving customer needs. This requires us to design, develop, manufacture, assemble, test, market and support
these new products or product enhancements on a timely and cost-effective basis. It also requires continued substantial investment in
research and development.
7
During each stage of the research and development process, we may encounter obstacles
that could delay development and consequently increase our expenses. This may ultimately force us to abandon a potential product in which
we have already invested substantial time and resources. Technologies in development could prove to be more complex than initially understood
or not scientifically or commercially viable. Even if we develop new products and technologies ahead of our competitors, we will still
need to obtain the requisite regulatory approvals for such products, including from public agencies, such as the FDA, before we can commercially
distribute them. We cannot assure you that we will successfully identify new technological opportunities, develop and bring new or enhanced
products to market, obtain sufficient patent or other intellectual property protection for such new or enhanced products, or obtain the
necessary regulatory approvals in a timely and cost-effective manner, or, if such products are introduced, that those products will achieve
market acceptance. Our failure to do so, or to address the technological changes and challenges in our markets, could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on our own direct sales force to sell our products in certain
territories, which may result in higher fixed costs than our competitors and may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden
decline in demand for our products.
We rely on our own direct sales force to market and sell our products in certain territories.
Some of our competitors rely predominantly on independent sales agents and third-party distributors. A direct sales force may subject
us to higher fixed costs than those of companies that market competing products through independent third parties, due to the costs that
we will bear associated with employee benefits, and training and managing sales personnel. As a result, we could be at a competitive disadvantage.
Additionally, these fixed costs may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden decline in demand for our products, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
To successfully market and sell our products internationally, we
must address many issues with which we have little or no experience.
International (non-U.S.) sales accounted for approximately 34% of our total revenue
for the year ended December 31, 2021. We believe that an increasing percentage of our future revenue will come from international sales
as we continue to expand our operations and develop opportunities in additional international territories. We currently depend on third-party
distributors and a direct sales team in certain regions to sell our products internationally, including in connection with our subsidiary
in China. If these distributors or direct sales personnel underperform, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of international
revenue. We will need to attract additional distributors to grow our business and expand the territories in which we sell our products.
Distributors may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations. If current or future
distributors do not perform adequately, or we are unable to locate distributors in particular geographic areas, we may not realize expected
international revenue growth. Additionally, we expect to expand our direct sales force in the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia.
If we are unable to do so successfully, our revenue and revenue growth from international operations will be adversely affected.
8
International sales are subject to a number of risks, including:
| • |
difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations; |
| • |
difficulties in penetrating markets in which our competitors’ products are more established; |
| • |
reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; |
| • |
export restrictions, trade regulations and foreign tax laws; |
| • |
fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates; |
| • |
obtaining and maintaining foreign certification and compliance with other regulatory requirements; |
| • |
customs clearance and shipping delays; and |
| • |
political and economic instability. |
If one or more of these risks were realized, it could require us to dedicate significant
resources to remedy the situation, and if we are unsuccessful at finding a solution, our revenue may decline.
We outsource almost all of the manufacturing of our products to
a small number of manufacturing subcontractors. If our subcontractors’ operations are interrupted or if our orders exceed our subcontractors’
manufacturing capacity, we may not be able to deliver our products on time.
We outsource almost all of the manufacturing of our products to three subcontractors
located in Israel, two of which we are substantially dependent on, while we manufacture our laser and intense pulsed light, or IPL, handpieces
in-house in Israel. These subcontractors have limited manufacturing capacity that may be inadequate if our customers place orders for
unexpectedly large quantities of our products. In addition, because our subcontractors are located in Israel, they on occasion may feel
the impact of potential economic or political instability in the region. If the operations of one or more of our subcontractors were halted
or limited, even temporarily, or if they were unable or unwilling to fulfill large orders, we could experience business interruption,
increased costs, damage to our reputation and loss of our customers. In addition, finding new subcontractors that meet our manufacturing
requirements, comply with regulatory requirements, and are ISO certified could take several months.
Components used in our products are complex in design, and defects
may not be discovered prior to shipment to customers, which could result in warranty obligations, reducing our revenue and increasing
our costs.
In manufacturing our products, we and our subcontractors depend upon third-party suppliers
for various components. Many of these components require a significant degree of technical expertise to produce. If our suppliers fail
to produce components to specification, or if the suppliers, our subcontractors, or we, use defective materials or workmanship in the
manufacturing process, the reliability and performance of our products will be compromised.
If our products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily and inexpensively, we
may experience:
| • |
loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment; |
| • |
damage to our brand reputation; |
| • |
increased cost of our warranty program due to product repair or replacement; |
| • |
inability to attract new customers; |
| • |
diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our service department;
|
| • |
product recalls; and |
| • |
legal action. |
The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
9
We and our manufacturing subcontractors depend upon third-party
suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages, price fluctuations or other degradations in performance of these suppliers, which
could harm our business and financial condition.
Many of the components that comprise our products are currently manufactured by a limited
number of suppliers. Although each of our components can be obtained from more than one supplier, we do not have the ability to manufacture
the components we outsource. Additionally, our subcontractors rely on a limited number of suppliers, or in some cases, one supplier, for
some of the materials and components used in our products. If our subcontractors were to lose such suppliers, there can be no assurance
that they will be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all,
which could cause interruptions in their operations. If any of these third-party suppliers fails to adequately perform, our revenue and
profitability could be adversely affected. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond current suppliers’ capabilities
could harm our ability to manufacture our products until we identify and qualify a new source of supply, which could take several months.
There is a risk that our suppliers will not always act consistent with our best interests,
and may not always supply goods that meet our requirements. Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability
to obtain substitute components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability
to meet the demand of our customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Transitioning to a new supplier could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in
interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of our products or could require that
we modify the design of certain product systems. If a change in manufacturer results in a significant change to any product, a new 510(k)
clearance from the FDA or similar international regulatory authorization may be necessary before we implement the change, which could
cause substantial delays.
Disruptions or interruptions to our suppliers could occur for many reasons, including
fire, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, droughts, tsunamis, volcanoes, earthquakes, disease or other similar natural disasters, unplanned
maintenance or other manufacturing problems, labor shortages, power outages or shortages, telecommunications failures, strikes, transportation
interruption, government regulation, terrorism or other extraordinary events, including epidemics and related travel restrictions, such
as the outbreak of the novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) and its variants. Such disruptions may continue over a sustained period and could
cause direct injury or damage to our supplier’s employees and property with significant indirect consequences to us. Alternative
facilities with sufficient capacity or capabilities may not be available, may cost substantially more or may take a significant time to
start manufacturing, each of which could negatively affect our ability to fill customer orders and our business and financial performance.
There exists potential for misuse of our products, over which we
have very little to no control, which could harm our reputation and our business.
In the United States, federal regulations allow us to sell our products to or on the
order of “licensed practitioners”. The definition of “licensed practitioners” varies from state to state. As a
result, depending on state law, our products may be purchased or operated by physicians or other licensed practitioners, including nurse
practitioners, chiropractors and technicians. Outside the United States, many jurisdictions do not require specific qualifications or
training for purchasers or operators of our products. Although we offer training on the use of our products, we do not supervise the treatments
performed. Purchase and use of our products by non-physicians may result in product misuse. The potential misuse of our products by physicians
and non-physicians may result in adverse treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation and expose us to costly product liability
litigation.
Our products include a limited time warranty which could result
in substantial additional costs to us should we fail to monitor product quality effectively.
We generally provide a 12-month warranty on our products. After the warranty period,
maintenance and support is provided on a service contract basis. If our products malfunction, warranty claims may become significant,
which could cause a significant drain on our resources and materially adversely affect our results of operations.
10
We forecast sales to determine requirements for our products and
if our forecasts are incorrect, we may experience either shipment delays or increased costs.
Our subcontractors keep limited materials and components on hand. To help them manage
their manufacturing operations and minimize inventory costs, we forecast anticipated product orders to predict our inventory needs up
to six months in advance and enter into purchase orders on the basis of these forecasts. If our business expands, our demand would increase
and our suppliers may be unable to meet our demand. If we overestimate our requirements, our subcontractors will have excess inventory,
and may transfer to us any increase in costs. If we underestimate our requirements, our subcontractors may have inadequate components
and materials inventory, which could interrupt, delay or prevent delivery of our products to our customers. Any of these occurrences would
negatively affect our financial performance and the level of satisfaction our customers have with our business.
Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce
covenants not to compete and therefore may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of some of our former
employees.
We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our professional employees,
in most cases within the framework of their employment agreements. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for
us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors for a limited period. Under applicable employment laws, we may be unable
to enforce these agreements, in whole or in part, and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from gaining the expertise
our former employees gained while working for us. For example, Israeli courts have required employers seeking to enforce non-compete undertakings
of a former employee to demonstrate that the competitive activities of the former employee will harm one of a limited number of material
interests of the employer which have been recognized by the courts, such as the secrecy of a company’s confidential commercial information
or its intellectual property. If we cannot demonstrate that harm would be caused to us, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from
benefiting from the expertise of our former employees, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and
ability to capitalize on our proprietary information.
The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for
our customers and the Company could adversely affect our ability to sell our products and our financial condition.
Some of our customers and prospective customers are required to maintain liability insurance
to cover their operations and use of our products. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing coverage in certain states or substantially
increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers may discontinue using our products and, industry-wide, potential
customers may opt against purchasing light, laser or radio frequency-based products due to the cost or inability to procure insurance
coverage.
Major public health issues, and specifically the evolving and ongoing
pandemic caused by the spread of COVID-19, could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations and other
aspects of our business.
The outbreak of the COVID-19 global pandemic is evolving and ongoing. The extent to
which the coronavirus, as it evolves, impacts our business and operating results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain
and cannot be accurately predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the coronavirus and the actions to contain the
coronavirus or treat its impact, among others.
The spread of the evolving and ongoing coronavirus and its variants, which has caused
and continues to cause a broad impact globally, including recurring restrictions on travel, a shifting workforce to working remotely and
quarantine policies put into place by businesses and governments, may have a material economic effect on our business. Also, healthcare
facilities in many countries may ban or restrict elective procedures in areas hard hit with rising infection rates. Many of our
products are used in aesthetic elective procedures, and, as such, the bans on elective procedures may substantially affect our sales and
marketing efforts.
11
While we have a distributed workforce and our employees are accustomed to working remotely
or working with other remote employees, our workforce was not trained to be fully remote. Our employees travel frequently to establish
and maintain relationships with one another, as well as with our customers and distributors. Much of that travel has been halted intermittently
as many countries have implemented restrictions that prevented our salespersons from attending conferences or meeting customers in person.
In response, we have been required to continue sales effort by using remote tools.
We continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information
and public health guidance become available. The continued suspension of travel and doing business in person may negatively affect our
customer success efforts and sales and marketing efforts, slow down our recruiting efforts, or create operational or other challenges,
any of which could harm our business and results of operations.
It is possible that continued widespread remote work arrangements may have a negative
impact on our operations, the execution of our business plans, the productivity and availability of key personnel and other employees
necessary to conduct our business, and on third-party service providers who perform critical services for us, or otherwise cause operational
failures due to changes in our normal business practices necessitated by the outbreak and related governmental actions. If a natural disaster,
power outage, connectivity issue or other event occurred that impacted our employees’ ability to work remotely, it may be difficult
or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The continuation of remote working
may also result in privacy, data protection, data security and fraud risks, and our understanding of applicable legal and regulatory requirements,
as well as the latest guidance from regulatory authorities in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, may be subject to legal or regulatory
challenge, particularly as regulatory guidance evolves in response to future developments.
12
While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of the pandemic may
be difficult to assess or predict, it has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruption of global financial
markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital either at all or on favorable terms. In addition, a recession, depression or other
sustained adverse market event resulting from the spread of the coronavirus could materially and adversely affect our business and the
value of our ordinary shares.
The ultimate impact of the pandemic, or any other health epidemic, is highly uncertain
and will depend on future developments, such as the ultimate duration and scope of the outbreak (including any future waves or strains
of the virus), the continued development, distribution and adoption of effective vaccines and medicines, the improvement of healthcare
outcomes, its impact on our customers, and suppliers, and how quickly normal economic conditions can resume. We do not yet know the full
extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, our clinical trials, our research programs, healthcare systems or the global economy
as a whole. However, these effects could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations,
and cash flows.
Global economic and social conditions may adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Any negative conditions in the national and global economic environments may adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. During uncertain economic times and in tight credit markets, many
of our customers may experience financial difficulties or be unable or unwilling to borrow money to fund their operations, including obtaining
credit lines for purchasing our products, and may delay or reduce purchases or reduce the extent of their operations. The market for aesthetic
procedures and the market for our premium products can be particularly vulnerable to economic uncertainty, since the end-users of our
products may decrease the demand for our products when they have less discretionary income or determine not to spend their discretionary
income on aesthetic procedures. In addition, in many instances, the ability of our customers to purchase our products depends in part
upon the availability of obtaining financing at acceptable interest rates.
These factors could result in reductions in revenues from sales of our products, longer
sales cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition.
Payment by our customers of our receivables is dependent upon the financial stability of the economies of certain countries. In light
of the current economic state of many countries outside of the United States, we continue to monitor the creditworthiness of our customers
because weakness in the end-user market could negatively affect the cash flows of our customers who could, in turn, delay paying their
obligations to us. This would increase our credit risk exposure and cause delays in our recognition of revenues on current and future
sales to these customers.
Exchange rate fluctuations may decrease our earnings if we are not
able to hedge our currency exchange risks successfully.
A majority of our revenues and a substantial portion of our expenses are denominated
in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of our revenues and a portion of our costs, including personnel and some marketing and facilities
expenses, are incurred in NIS, Canadian dollars and Euros. Inflation in Israel or Europe may have the effect of increasing the U.S. dollar
cost of our operations in that country. If the U.S. dollar declines in value in relation to one or more of these currencies, it will become
more expensive for us to fund our operations in the countries that use those other currencies. To date, we have not found it necessary
to hedge the risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the future, if we do not successfully engage in hedging
transactions, our results of operations may be subject to losses from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Cyber-attacks as well as improper disclosure or control of personal
information could result in liability and harm our reputation, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. We
may face liability if we breach our obligations related to the protection, security, nondisclosure of confidential customer information
or disclosure of sensitive data or fail or are perceived to fail to comply with applicable data protection laws and regulations, or consumer
protection laws, regulations and standards.
Our business is heavily dependent on the security of our IT networks. Internal or external
attacks on any of those could disrupt the normal operations of our engagements and impede our ability to provide services to our customers,
thereby subjecting us to liability under our contracts. Additionally, our business involves the use, storage and transmission of information
about our employees, our customers and clients of our customers. Attacks upon information technology systems are increasing in their frequency,
levels of persistence, sophistication and intensity, and are being conducted by sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with
a wide range of motives and expertise. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may also face increased cybersecurity risks due to our
reliance on internet technology and the number of our employees who are working remotely, which may create additional opportunities for
cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities. Furthermore, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage,
systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques
or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period.
While we take measures to protect the security of, and unauthorized access to, our systems, as well as the privacy of personal and proprietary
information, it is possible that our security controls of our systems, as well as other security practices we follow or those systems
of our customers which we rely upon, may not prevent the improper access to or disclosure of personally identifiable or proprietary information.
Such disclosure could harm our reputation and subject us to liability under our contracts and laws that protect personal data, resulting
in increased costs or loss of revenue.
13
Further, the global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we are or may
become subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws, requirements and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure, retention,
and security of personal data, such as information that we may collect about individuals in the U.S. and abroad. Implementation standards
and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet determine the impact future laws,
regulations, standards, or perception of their requirements may have on our business. This evolution may create uncertainty in our business,
affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer use and share personal information, necessitate
the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts, result in liability or impose additional costs on us. The cost of compliance
with these laws, regulations and standards is high and is likely to increase in the future. Any failure or perceived failure by us to
comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulation, our internal policies and procedures or our contracts governing our processing
of personal information could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, claims by third parties
and damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial performance and business.
As our operations and business grow, we may become subject to or affected by new or
additional data protection laws and regulations and face increased scrutiny or attention from regulatory authorities. We are subject to
U.S. federal and state laws regarding data privacy and security including Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, or FTC Act, the
California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA and the California Privacy Rights Act, or the CPRA. Further, the Health Insurance Portability
and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and regulations implemented thereunder, or HIPAA, imposes, among other things, certain standards
relating to the privacy, security, transmission and breach reporting of individually identifiable health information. Even when HIPAA
does not apply, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute
unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s
data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size
and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Federal and state consumer
protection laws are increasingly being applied by the FTC, and states’ attorneys general to regulate the collection, use, storage
and disclosure of personal or personally identifiable information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of
website content.
Certain states have also adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations,
some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA. In addition, the CCPA went into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA creates individual
privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information.
The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase
data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, and many similar laws have been proposed at
the federal level and in other states. Further, the CPRA, recently passed in California. The CPRA will impose additional data protection
obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for
higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection agency authorized
to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the provisions
will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required. In
the event that we are subject to or affected by HIPAA, the CCPA, the CPRA or other domestic privacy and data protection laws, any liability
from failure to comply with the requirements of these laws could adversely affect our financial condition.
14
We are also subject to foreign data privacy and security laws, including the Israeli
Protection of Privacy Law of 1981 and the Privacy Protection Regulations (Data Security) 5777-2017 and the General Data Protection Regulation,
or GDPR. The GDPR went into effect in May 2018 and imposes strict requirements for processing the personal data of individuals within
the European Economic Area, or the EEA. Companies that must comply with the GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including
more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and significant penalties for non-compliance, including potential fines
for noncompliance of up to €20 million or 4% of the annual global revenues of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater. Since
January 1, 2021, we have been subject to the GDPR and also the United Kingdom GDPR, which, together with the amended United Kingdom Data
Protection Act 2018, retains the GDPR in UK national law. The UK GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR, e.g., fines up to the greater
of €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union
in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how United Kingdom data protection laws and regulations
will develop in the medium to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated in the long term. It
is not clear whether (and when) an adequate decision may be granted by the European Commission enabling data transfers from European Union
member states to the United Kingdom long term without additional measures. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our
overall risk exposure.
Legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers
of personal data from the EEA and the United Kingdom to the United States. On July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union,
or the CJEU, invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework, or the Privacy Shield, under which personal data could be transferred from
the EEA to US entities who had self-certified under the Privacy Shield scheme. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of the standard contractual
clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism, and potential
alternative to the Privacy Shield), it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances.
Use of the standard contractual clauses must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in
the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals and additional measures and/or contractual
provisions may need to be put in place, however, the nature of these additional measures is currently uncertain. The CJEU went on to state
that if a competent supervisory authority believes that the standard contractual clauses cannot be complied with in the destination country
and the required level of protection cannot be secured by other means, such supervisory authority is under an obligation to suspend or
prohibit that transfer.
These recent developments may require us to review and amend the legal mechanisms by
which we make and/or receive personal data transfers to/in the U.S. As supervisory authorities issue further guidance on personal data
export mechanisms, including circumstances where the standard contractual clauses cannot be used, and/or start taking enforcement action,
we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines, and/or if we are otherwise unable to transfer
personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services,
the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, and could adversely affect our financial results.
Our failure to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to changing
regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace, which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In the course of providing services to our customers, we may have access to confidential
customer information, including nonpublic personal data. We are bound by certain agreements to use and disclose this information in a
manner consistent with the privacy standards under regulations applicable to our customers and are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign
jurisdiction laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as the GDPR and various U.S. federal and state laws governing
the protection of health or other individually identifiable information. If any person, including a team member of ours, misappropriates
customer confidential information, or if customer confidential information is inappropriately disclosed due to a security breach of our
computer systems, system failures or otherwise, we may have substantial liabilities to our customers or our customers’ clients and
may incur substantial liability and penalties in connection with any violation of applicable privacy laws and/or criminal prosecution.
In addition, in the event of any breach or alleged breach of our confidentiality agreements with our customers, these customers may terminate
their engagements with us or sue us for breach of contract, resulting in the associated loss of revenue and increased costs and damaged
reputation. We may also be subject to civil or criminal liability if we are deemed to have violated applicable regulations. We cannot
assure you that we will adequately address the risks created by the regulations to which we may be contractually obligated to abide.
15
Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards, our contractual
obligations and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent
manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another or other legal obligations with which we must comply. Any failure
or perceived failure by us or our employees, representatives, contractors, consultants, collaborators, or other third parties to comply
with such requirements or adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, could result in additional cost and liability
to us, damage our reputation, and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We may become subject to numerous foreign, federal, and state healthcare
statutes and regulations and our failure to comply could result in a material adverse effect to our business and operations.
Although none of our products or procedures using our products are currently covered
by any state or federal government healthcare programs, or any private commercial payor, we may become subject to foreign, federal, and
state laws intended to prevent healthcare fraud and abuse, including those that apply to all payors. These laws could include state anti-kickback
and false claims laws, which may extend to services reimbursable by any payor, as well as state consumer protection laws. Although we
currently are not subject to transparency laws, we may become subject to such laws in the future. Such laws could include requirements
to disclose payments to certain healthcare professionals and healthcare entities or disclosures related to sales and marketing, or that
could require healthcare professionals to provide notice to their patients of ownership or financial arrangements with manufacturers.
Efforts to ensure that our internal operations and business arrangements with third
parties comply with future applicable healthcare laws and regulations may involve substantial costs. These laws and regulations, among
other things, could constrain our business, marketing and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements,
including financing programs, we may have with physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. It is possible that governmental
authorities may conclude that our business practices, including our arrangements with physicians, some of whom received stock options
as compensation for services provided, as well as fees for marketing to other physicians, are subject to and do not comply with current
or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable healthcare laws. If our current or future operations
are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant
civil, criminal and administrative penalties which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and pursue our strategy.
16
We are subject to anti-bribery, and corruption and anti-money laundering
laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing
our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and
legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
As we continue to grow our international presence and global operations, we will be
increasingly exposed to trade and economic sanctions and other restrictions imposed by the United States, the European Union, the State
of Israel and other governments and organizations. The U.S. Departments of Justice, Commerce, State and Treasury and other federal agencies
and authorities have a broad range of civil and criminal penalties they may seek to impose against corporations and individuals for violations
of economic sanctions laws, export control laws, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other federal statutes and regulations,
including those established by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. In addition, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, or the Bribery
Act, prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both private and public sectors. An organization that
“fails to prevent bribery” by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the Bribery Act unless the organization
can establish the defense of having implemented “adequate procedures” to prevent bribery. Under these laws and regulations,
as well as other anti-corruption laws, anti-money laundering laws, export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing
our operations, various government agencies may require export licenses, may seek to impose modifications to business practices, including
cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries or with sanctioned persons or entities and modifications to compliance programs,
which may increase compliance costs, and may subject us to fines, penalties and other sanctions. A violation of these laws or regulations
would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by us and
our directors, officers, employees, representatives, consultants and agents with the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act and other
export control, anti-corruption, anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations. We cannot assure you, however, that our
policies and procedures are or will be sufficient or that directors, officers, employees, representatives, consultants and agents have
not engaged and will not engage in conduct for which we may be held responsible, nor can we assure you that our business partners have
not engaged and will not engage in conduct that could materially affect their ability to perform their contractual obligations to us or
even result in our being held liable for such conduct. Violations of the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act or other export control,
anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws or regulations may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we
may be subject to other liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risk Related to Our Intellectual Property
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our
competitive position could be harmed. Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon our ability to protect our proprietary
technology.
Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon our ability to protect
our proprietary technology. We rely primarily upon a combination of patents and trademarks, as well as nondisclosure, confidentiality
and other contractual agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our brands, products and other proprietary technologies.
We generally apply for patents only in those countries where we intend to make, have
made, use, offer for sale, or sell products. To date, we have issued patents in the United States, which we consider to be our main target
market, and one issued patent in South Korea. Most of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were derived from
the United States where we have patent protection. We do not seek protection in all countries where we sell products and we may not accurately
predict all the countries where patent protection would ultimately be desirable. At this time, the countries in which we have not sought
patent protection, but intend to offer our products for sale, are not our main target markets. We acknowledge that competitors may use
our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export
otherwise infringing products to territories in which we do not have patent protection. Such activity may prevent us from protecting our
proprietary technology, and thus, may harm our competitive position.
Our patent portfolio consists of six issued U.S. patents, one issued Korean patent and
fourteen pending patent applications in the United States relating to our technology and products. Out of those applications, one was
filed also under The Patent Cooperation Treaty and one in Europe. Our pending and future patent applications may not issue as patents
or, even if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Any issued patents may be challenged, invalidated or legally
circumvented by third parties. We cannot be certain that our patents will be upheld as valid, proven enforceable or prevent the development
of competitive products. Other companies may also design around technologies we have patented. Third parties may have blocking patents
that could prevent us from marketing our products or practicing our own patented technology. In addition, competitors could purchase one
of our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, design around
our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If our
intellectual property is not adequately protected against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely
affected, as could our business and financial results.
17
The U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made,
and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have
made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict
future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative
bodies.
We rely on a combination of patent and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality,
non-disclosure and assignment of inventions agreements, as appropriate, with our employees and consultants, to protect and otherwise seek
to control access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. These measures may not be adequate to protect our technology from
unauthorized disclosure, third-party infringement or misappropriation. Parties may breach these agreements, and we may not have adequate
remedies for any breach. Also, the laws of certain countries in which we develop, manufacture or sell our products may not protect our
intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States or Israel.
The aesthetics industry is highly competitive and marked by frequent litigation. New
patent applications may be pending or may be filed in the future by third parties covering technology that we currently use or may ultimately
use. Third parties have claimed, and may in the future claim, that our current or future products infringe their patent or other intellectual
property rights and may seek to prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell or import our products. Moreover, if such
a claim were to be decided adversely to us or if we settled such a claim on adverse terms, we could be forced to pay substantial damages,
to license the technology in question at high rates or to redesign or modify our products so as to avoid any infringement. Any of those
results could adversely affect our sales, margins and results of operations.
If it appears necessary or desirable, we may try to obtain licenses for those patents
or intellectual property rights that we are allegedly infringing, may infringe, or desire to use. Although holders of these types of intellectual
property rights commonly offer these licenses, we cannot assure you that licenses will be offered or that the terms of any offered licenses
will be acceptable to us. Our failure to obtain a license for key intellectual property rights from a third party for technology used
by us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to suspend the manufacturing and selling of products utilizing the technology.
Alternatively, we could be required to expend significant resources to develop non-infringing
technology. We cannot assure you that we would be successful in developing non-infringing technology.
Third parties have and may in the future commence litigation against
us claiming that our products infringe upon their patents or other intellectual property rights.
From time to time, we may be party to, or threatened with, litigation or other proceedings
with third parties, including non-practicing entities, who allege that our products, components of our products, services, and/or proprietary
technologies infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. The types of situations in which we may
become a party to such litigation or proceedings include:
| • |
we or our collaborators may initiate litigation or other proceedings against third parties seeking to invalidate the patents held
by those third parties or to obtain a judgment that our products or processes do not infringe those third parties’ patents;
|
| • |
we or our collaborators may participate at substantial cost in International Trade Commission proceedings to abate importation of
products that would compete unfairly with our products; |
18
| • |
if our competitors file patent applications that claim technology also claimed by us, we may be required to participate in interference,
derivation or opposition proceedings to determine the priority of invention, which could jeopardize our patent rights and potentially
provide a third party with a dominant patent position; |
| • |
if third parties initiate litigation claiming that our processes or products infringe their patent or other intellectual property
rights, we and our collaborators will need to defend against such proceedings; |
| • |
if third parties initiate litigation or other proceedings seeking to invalidate patents owned by or licensed to us or to obtain a
declaratory judgment that their product, service, or technology does not infringe our patents or patents licensed to us, we will need
to defend against such proceedings; |
| • |
we may be subject to ownership disputes relating to intellectual property, including disputes arising from conflicting obligations
of consultants or others who are involved in developing our products; and |
| • |
if a license to necessary technology is terminated, the licensor may initiate litigation claiming that our processes or products
infringe or misappropriate its patent or other intellectual property rights and/or that we breached our obligations under the license
agreement, and we and our collaborators would need to defend against such proceedings. |
These lawsuits and proceedings, regardless of merit, are time-consuming and expensive
to initiate, maintain, defend or settle, and could divert the time and attention of managerial and technical personnel, which could materially
adversely affect our business. Any such claim could also force us to do one or more of the following:
| • |
incur substantial monetary liability for infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights, which we may have to pay
if a court decides that the product, service, or technology at issue infringes or violates the third party’s rights, and if the
court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the third party’s attorneys’
fees; |
| • |
pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue use or replace infringing technology with non-infringing technology;
|
| • |
stop manufacturing, offering for sale, selling, using, importing, exporting or licensing the product or technology incorporating
the allegedly infringing technology or stop incorporating the allegedly infringing technology into such product, service, or technology;
|
| • |
obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license, which may require us to pay substantial upfront fees
or royalties to sell or use the relevant technology and which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;
|
| • |
redesign our products, services, and technology so they do not infringe or violate the third party’s intellectual property
rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time; |
| • |
enter into cross-licenses with our competitors, which could weaken our overall intellectual property position; |
| • |
lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion
of our intellectual property against others; |
| • |
find alternative suppliers for non-infringing products and technologies, which could be costly and create significant delay; or
|
| • |
relinquish rights associated with one or more of our patent claims, if our claims are held invalid or otherwise unenforceable.
|
19
In April 2018, Syneron Medical Ltd., or Syneron, and Candela Corporation, together with
Syneron, Syneron-Candela, filed claims with the International Trade Commission and with Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH, in the
United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against our U.S. and Israeli subsidiaries, alleging that our fractional
Radio Frequency, or RF, products infringed two U.S. patents owned by Syneron-Candela and MGH that purport to cover systems and methods
for treating skin and arranging electrodes on skin therapy devices. In January 2019, we reached a settlement with Syneron-Candela and
MGH that resolved all patent claims previously in dispute in exchange for a one-time cash payment that we made to Syneron-Candela and
MGH in February 2019. As part of such settlement agreement, we entered into a sublicense agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that granted
us and our affiliates a fully paid non-exclusive, royalty-free worldwide sublicense to practice the patents and applications previously
in dispute in the licensed field. The sublicense shall continue until the expiration of the last surviving patent or application granted
pursuant to the sublicense agreement. Although we may try to resolve any potential future claims or actions, we may not be able to do
so on reasonable terms, if at all. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming
to litigate, and could divert management’s attention from our core business. If we lose this kind of litigation, a court could require
us to pay substantial damages and could prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, either of which would have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may become involved in litigation to protect the trademark rights associated with
the Company name or the names of our products. If we have to change the name of the Company or products, we may experience a loss in goodwill
associated with our brand name, customer confusion and a reduction in sales.
Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property
litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, intellectual property litigation,
regardless of its outcome, may cause negative publicity, adversely impact prospective customers, cause product shipment delays, or prohibit
us from manufacturing, marketing or otherwise commercializing our products, services and technology. Any uncertainties resulting from
the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
In addition, we may indemnify our customers and distributors against claims relating
to the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties related to our products. Third parties may assert infringement claims
against our customers or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of
our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages
on behalf of our customers, suppliers or distributors, or may be required to obtain licenses for the products or services they use. If
we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products or services.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with
intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during
this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or
developments, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares. If securities analysts or investors perceive
these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected,
then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed,
circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks
and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. If
we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and
our business may be adversely affected.
20
We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent
contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of their former employers or other third parties.
We do and may employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other
pharmaceutical or medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees,
consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, and we are
not currently subject to any claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential
information of third parties, we may in the future be subject to such claims. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.
If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or
personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction
to management and other employees.
For example, in April 2017, Syneron-Candela filed a lawsuit in the United States District
Court for the Western District of Tennessee against us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Israel and the United States, asserting claims
for inducement to breach contract, interference with employment relationships, tortious interference with business and violation of the
Tennessee Uniform Trade Secrets Act with respect to four former employees of Syneron-Candela who subsequently accepted employment with
us. In January 2018, we reached a settlement and the case was dismissed with prejudice. Additionally, in May 2017, Cynosure, Inc., or
Cynosure, filed a claim with the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas (Houston) against us and our U.S. subsidiary,
claiming that we unlawfully solicited certain former Cynosure employees, misappropriated Cynosure’s trade secrets, and aided and
abetted the employees’ breach of their fiduciary duties to Cynosure. We reached a settlement in February 2018 and the case was dismissed
with prejudice.
Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential
threats to our business.
The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain
because even granted intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, provide a barrier to
entry against our competitors or potential competitors or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. Moreover, if a third party
has intellectual property rights that cover the practice of our technology, we may not be able to fully exercise or extract value from
our intellectual property rights. The following examples are illustrative:
| • |
others may be able to develop and/or practice technology that is similar to our technology or aspects of our technology, but that
are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or control, assuming such patents have issued or do issue; |
| • |
we or any future strategic partners might not have been the first to conceive or reduce to practice the inventions covered by the
issued patent or pending patent application that we own or have exclusively licensed; |
| • |
we or any future strategic partners might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;
|
| • |
others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our
intellectual property rights; |
| • |
it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents; |
| • |
issued patents that we own may not provide us with any competitive advantage, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result
of legal challenges by our competitors; |
| • |
our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the
information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets; |
| • |
third parties performing manufacturing or testing for us using our products or technologies could use the intellectual property of
others without obtaining a proper license; |
| • |
parties may assert an ownership interest in our intellectual property and, if successful, such disputes may preclude us from exercising
exclusive rights over that intellectual property; |
| • |
we may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; |
| • |
we may not be able to obtain and maintain necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all; and |
| • |
the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business. |
Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business and results
of operations.
21
Risks Related to Government Regulation
Our business is subject to extensive and continuing
regulatory compliance obligations. If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary
FDA clearances for our products, if clearances for future products and proposed indications are delayed or not issued, if we or any of
our third-party suppliers or manufacturers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or if there are regulatory changes,
our commercial operations could be harmed.
Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the applicable regulatory
authorities where our products are or will be sold prior to their marketing for commercial use. In the United States, our products are
subject to extensive regulation by the FDA for developing, testing, manufacturing, labeling, sale, marketing, advertising, promotion,
distribution, import, export, shipping, establishment registration and device listing, inspections and audits, record keeping, recalls
and field safety corrective actions and post-market surveillance, including reporting of certain events.
Before a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, an existing product can
be marketed in the United States, it must first receive marketing authorization from the FDA unless it is exempt. The FDA marketing authorizations
include a 510(k) clearance or premarket approval. A relatively small number of devices may be exempt from 510(k) clearance or may receive
marketing authorization through the de novo classification pathway. These processes can be expensive and lengthy. The FDA’s 510(k)
clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but it can last longer. The process of obtaining premarket approval is much more
costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and it generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the
application is filed with the FDA. Our future products and enhancements or changes to products may require new 510(k) clearance or premarket
approval from the FDA. All products that we currently market in the United States that require an FDA marketing authorization have received
510(k) clearance for the uses for which they are marketed.
Medical devices may be marketed only for the indications for which they are approved
or cleared. We have obtained 510(k) clearance for the current treatments for which we offer our products. However, our clearances can
be revoked under certain circumstances. If the FDA disagrees with us concerning the scope or applicability of a clearance or exemption
with respect to a device, we may be required to change our promotional and/or labeling materials and/or stop marketing that device. Changes
or modifications to an FDA-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that constitute a major change
or modification in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly premarket approval. We may not be able to
obtain additional 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our
existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearances or approvals would adversely affect our ability
to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and future profitability.
We have made modifications to our devices in the past and may make additional modifications
in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances or approvals. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances
or approvals for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices. We also are subject to the
FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulations, which require us to report to the FDA if our products cause or contribute to a death
or serious injury, or malfunction in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury.
22
The FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory bodies can delay, limit or deny clearance
or approval of a device for many reasons, including:
| • |
our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory bodies that our products are safe
or effective for their intended uses; |
| • |
the disagreement of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory bodies with the design or implementation of our clinical trials
or the interpretation of data from pre-clinical studies or clinical trials; |
| • |
serious and unexpected adverse device effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials; |
| • |
the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required;
|
| • |
our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks; |
| • |
the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; and |
| • |
the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies to change significantly in
a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for clearance or approval. |
In addition, the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies may change their clearance
and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay
approval or clearance of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently cleared products on a timely
basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new clearances,
increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances. For example, in November 2018, FDA officials
announced forthcoming steps that the FDA intends to take to modernize the premarket notification pathway under Section 510(k) of the FDCA.
Among other things, the FDA announced that it plans to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the
use of newer predicates. These proposals include possible plans to sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the
510(k) clearance pathway, and to publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence
to predicate devices that are more than 10 years old. The FDA also announced that it intends to finalize guidance to establish a premarket
review pathway for “manufacturers of certain well-understood device types” as an alternative to the 510(k) clearance pathway
and that such premarket review pathway would allow manufacturers to rely on objective safety and performance criteria recognized by the
FDA to demonstrate substantial equivalence, obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical
devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. These proposals have not yet been finalized or adopted, and the FDA announced
that it would seek public feedback prior to publication of any such proposals, and may work with Congress to implement such proposals
through legislation. Accordingly, it is unclear the extent to which any proposals, if adopted, could impose additional regulatory requirements
on us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance, or restrict our ability to maintain
our current clearances, or otherwise create competition that may negatively affect our business.
Additionally regulatory clearances or approvals to market a product can contain limitations
on the indicated uses for such product. Product clearances and approvals can be withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory standards
or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial clearance or approval. FDA regulations depend heavily on administrative interpretation,
and there can be no assurance that future interpretations made by the FDA or other regulatory bodies will not adversely affect our operations.
We and our manufacturers may be inspected by the FDA from time to time to determine whether we or our manufacturers are in compliance
with applicable laws, including the cGMP regulations set forth in the FDA’s Quality System Regulation/Medical Device Current Good
Manufacturing Practices, or QSR, including those relating to specifications, development, documentation, validation, testing, quality
control and product labeling. A determination that we are in violation of FDA or other applicable foreign regulations or any of our product
clearances or approvals could lead to imposition of civil penalties, including fines, product recalls or product seizures and, in certain
cases, criminal sanctions.
The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our reputation
in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by
regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.
The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our reputation or the image
of our products in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business, or
result in legal sanctions if we are deemed or alleged to have engaged in off-label promotion.
23
A medical device may be authorized by the FDA for marketing through several regulatory
mechanisms. The FDA classifies medical devices as Class I, Class II, or Class III, in increasing order of risk. Most of our products are
Class I or Class II medical devices. As such, they are either exempt from premarketing authorization requirements or are subject to the
510(k) clearance process, and all are listed with the FDA pursuant to FDA’s medical device listing requirements.
Under FDA regulations, for each of our products we must only use labeling, including
advertising and promotional materials, that is consistent with the specific indication(s) for use included in the FDA exemption regulation,
clearance, or approval, that is applicable to the specific product. If the FDA or other authorities determine that our promotional or
training materials constitute the unlawful promotion of an off-label use, they could request that we modify our training or promotional
materials and/or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, civil
money penalties, seizure, injunction or criminal fines and penalties. For example, on July 30, 2018, we received a letter, dated July
24, 2018, from the FDA seeking information as to the regulatory bases for marketing of our FormaV and
FractoraV handpieces based on our promotion and labeling of these devices for use in certain women’s
health conditions and procedures. We informed the FDA that the FormaV had received 510(k) clearance
for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation
and that we had determined that the device also fell within a Class II premarketing exemption enabling marketing of the device for therapeutic
use in the treatment of sexual dysfunction or as an adjunct to Kegel’s exercise (tightening of the muscles of the pelvic floor to
increase muscle tone) without the need to obtain a 510(k) clearance. We also informed the FDA that the FractoraV
has received 510(k) clearance for use in dermatologic and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. In
addition, we advised the FDA that we have modified our promotional and labeling materials to remove statements using the terms “sexual
dysfunction,” “vaginal rejuvenation” or “urinary stress incontinence,” which were the subject of the agency’s
letter to us. The FDA responded in September 2018 by stating that the agency had reviewed our response letter and verified the changes
in terminology made to our website. Moreover, the FDA further responded in November 2018 and confirmed we addressed all items raised by
the agency in its letter, and that the FDA continued to expect us to conduct a review of our marketing and promotional materials to make
appropriate changes and remove materials containing uncleared claims regarding this matter. We have received no further communications
from the agency regarding this matter. We cannot be certain whether any further information may be requested by the FDA in the future
and/or any further action may be required on our part, and we cannot guarantee that the FDA will continue to deem our response and actions
to have addressed all items raised by the agency in this matter. If the FDA issues a further communication finding that some or all of
our modifications to our marketing and labeling materials are insufficient, or otherwise takes the position that our products are being
marketed for off-label uses, we could be subject to further discussions with and/or action by the agency, including the possibility of
a warning letter or other enforcement activity. Other federal, state or foreign governmental authorities might also take action if they
consider our promotion or training materials to constitute promotion of an uncleared or unapproved use, which could result in significant
fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement, or exclusion from participation
in federal health programs. In each event, our reputation could be damaged and the use of our products in the marketplace could be impaired,
or our business could face significant hardship. While no third-party claims have been brought against us to date, it is possible that
the FDA letter may lead to private litigation by third parties, potentially including purchasers of FormaV
and FractoraV handpieces or patients who were treated using those handpieces.
In addition, there may be increased risk of injury if physicians or others attempt to
use our products off-label. The FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s use of a medical product within the practice of
medicine, and we cannot prevent a physician from using our products for an off-label use. The use of our products for indications other
than those for which our products have been approved or cleared by the FDA may not effectively treat the conditions not referenced in
product indications, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients. Physicians may also misuse our
products or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained in the particular use, potentially leading to injury and an increased
risk of product liability. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention from our primary
business and result in substantial damage awards against us. Any of these events could harm our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
24
We are subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and a failure to
comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial penalties, and might
require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market.
Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a
product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations and applicable foreign laws and regulations. The FDA, state and foreign
regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have become more stringent
over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated
costs, or lower than anticipated sales.
Our products and/or their use are also subject to state regulations and additional regulations
in other foreign jurisdictions outside of the United States, which may change at any time. We cannot predict the impact or effect of future
legislation or regulations and any changes in regulations may impede sales.
Furthermore, the FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure
to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any
of the following sanctions:
| • |
warning letters or untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; |
| • |
repair, replacement, refunds, recalls, termination of distribution, administrative detention or seizure of our products; |
| • |
operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; |
| • |
refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing
products; |
| • |
withdrawing 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals or foreign regulatory approvals that have already been granted, resulting in
prohibitions on sales of our products; and |
| • |
criminal prosecution. |
The occurrence of any of these events could harm our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
If we or our subcontractors fail to comply with federal and state
regulation, including the FDA’s Quality System Regulation/Medical Device Good Manufacturing Practices and performance standards,
our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing operations could be halted, and our business would suffer.
We and our subcontractors currently are required to demonstrate and maintain compliance
with the QSR. The QSR is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing,
labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. Because our products use optical energy, including lasers,
our products also are covered by a performance standard for lasers set forth in FDA regulations. The laser performance standard imposes
specific record-keeping, reporting, product testing and product labeling requirements. These requirements include affixing warning labels
to laser products, as well as incorporating certain safety features in the design of laser products. The FDA enforces the QSR and laser
performance standards through periodic announced or unannounced inspections. We and our subcontractors are subject to such inspections.
Although we place our own quality control employee at each of our subcontractor’s facilities, we do not have complete control over
our subcontractor’s compliance with these standards.
Any failure by us or our subcontractors to take satisfactory corrective action in response
to an adverse QSR inspection or to comply with applicable laser performance standards could result in enforcement actions against us or
our subcontractors, including warning letters or untitled letters; fines, injunctions or civil penalties; suspension or withdrawal of
approvals or clearances; seizures or recalls of our products; total or partial suspension of production or distribution; administrative
or judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals for our products; clinical
holds; refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and criminal prosecution of us or our employees. Any of these actions could
significantly and negatively impact the supply of our products, and could cause our sales and business to suffer. In addition, we are
subject to standards imposed on our activities outside of the United States, such as obtaining CE mark certification in Europe (by our
notified body DEKRA) and the Standards Institution of Israel (imposed on our activities in Israel), and failure to comply with such standards
could adversely impact our business.
25
Our products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events or
other undesirable side effects that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that
could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products,
or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative
impact on us.
We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign
regulations, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or
more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were
to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we
become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within
the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not
reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If
we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative
actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products or
delay in clearance of future products.
The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require the recall of commercialized
products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an
unacceptable risk to health. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if any material deficiency is found. A government-mandated
or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects,
labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. Product defects
or other errors may occur in the future. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects,
the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the product before we may market or
distribute the corrected product. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled products in a timely
manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our products, we may face additional regulatory enforcement
action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines.
Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls and corrections, even
if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary withdrawals or corrections for our products in the future that we determine
do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls
and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to
product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales.
We may be unable to obtain or maintain international regulatory
qualifications or approvals for our current or future products and indications, which could harm our business. Additionally, obtaining
and maintaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction does not mean we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval for our products
in other jurisdictions.
Sales of our products outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements
that vary widely from country to country, including some regulatory requirements that we may not be fully aware of, or that may change
in ways that affect our ability to sell our products in those jurisdictions. Complying with international regulatory requirements can
be an expensive and time-consuming process and approval is not certain. The regulatory process in foreign jurisdictions includes all the
risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance, as well as additional risks not present in the FDA process. For example, the time required
to obtain foreign clearance or approvals may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approvals, and requirements for such clearances
or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements, adding costs and variability. Foreign regulatory authorities may not approve
our product for the same uses cleared by the FDA. Although we have obtained regulatory clearances to sell our products in the European
Union and other countries outside the United States, we may be unable to maintain regulatory qualifications, clearances or approvals in
these countries or to obtain approvals in other countries. We also may incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and in maintaining
foreign regulatory approvals, clearances or qualifications.
26
If we experience delays in receiving necessary qualifications, clearances or approvals
to market our products outside the United States, or if we fail to receive those qualifications, clearances or approvals, we may be unable
to market some of our products or enhancements in certain international markets effectively, or at all. Since the enactment of the Israeli
Medical Equipment Law, 2012, or the Medical Equipment Law, the manufacturing and marketing of medical and certain aesthetic devices, including
our products, in Israel requires registration with the Israeli Ministry of Health. The Medical Equipment Law offers a fast-track registration
process for devices that received approval from certain non-Israeli regulatory agencies, including FDA clearance or CE marks. We have
taken advantage of such fast-track registration process in the past. If we are unable to obtain and maintain the necessary registration
for any of our products in Israel, we may have to move the manufacturing of such unregistered products to a location outside of Israel
and stop selling these products in Israel until the products are registered. We may also suffer harm to our reputation as a result.
Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding
shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent
new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner, which could negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety
of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees,
and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition,
government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which
is inherently fluid and unpredictable.
Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new devices
to be reviewed and/or cleared by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last
several years, including for 35 days beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory
agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities.
Separately, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020, the FDA
announced its intention to postpone most foreign inspections of manufacturing facilities and products through April 2020, and subsequently,
on March 18, 2020, the FDA temporarily postponed routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. Subsequently,
on July 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to resume certain on-site inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities subject to
a risk-based prioritization system. The FDA intends to use this risk-based assessment system to identify the categories of regulatory
activity that can occur within a given geographic area, ranging from mission critical inspections to resumption of all regulatory activities.
Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from
conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or
other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
New regulations may limit our ability to sell to non-physicians
in the future.
Currently, we sell our products solely to physicians. However, where permitted under
applicable laws, we intend to introduce certain of our products in the developing medical spa market, where aesthetic procedures are being
performed at dedicated facilities by non-physicians under physician supervision. U.S., state and international regulations could change
at any time, disallowing sales of our products to aestheticians, and/or limiting the ability of aestheticians and non-physicians to operate
our products. We cannot predict the impact or effect of changes in U.S., state or international laws or regulations.
27
Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares
The price of our ordinary shares may be volatile, and you may lose
all or part of your investment.
The price of our ordinary shares has fluctuated and is likely to continue to fluctuate.
The market price for our ordinary shares could be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially as a result of a number of factors,
many of which are beyond our control, including:
| • |
fluctuations in our operating results or the operating results of our competitors; |
| • |
changes in the estimates of the future size and growth rate of our market opportunities; |
| • |
changes in the general economic, industry and market conditions; |
| • |
success of competitive technologies and procedures; |
| • |
recruitment or departure of key personnel; |
| • |
the announcement of new products or enhancements by us or our competitors; |
| • |
the commencement or outcome of litigation against us, or involving our general industry or both; |
| • |
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business; |
| • |
changes in earnings estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’
earnings estimates; |
| • |
developments in our industry, including the announcement of significant new technologies, procedures or acquisitions by us or our
competitors; |
| • |
actual or expected sales of our ordinary shares by the holders of our ordinary shares; and |
| • |
the trading volume of our ordinary shares. |
In addition, the stock prices of many newly public companies and companies in the medical
device industry have experienced wide fluctuations that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. Prior
to our initial public offering in August 2019, there was no public market for our ordinary shares and an active public trading market
for our ordinary shares may not be sustained. An inactive market may impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair
our ability to acquire other businesses, applications or technologies using our shares as consideration. These factors and price fluctuations
may materially and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.
Future sales of our ordinary shares could reduce the price of our
ordinary shares.
Sales by shareholders of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares, or the perception
that these sales may occur in the future, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares and could impair
our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities and our ability to acquire other companies by using our
ordinary shares as consideration.
As of December 31, 2021, there are 82,978,115 ordinary shares outstanding (not including
a total of 897,790 ordinary shares held at that date as treasury shares). Sales of these shares, or the perception that these sales may
occur in the future, into the market could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly. In addition, we have registered
all ordinary shares that we may issue under our equity compensation plans, and, as such, these shares can be freely sold in the public
market upon issuance.
We have not paid dividends in the past and may not pay dividends
in the future, and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our ordinary shares.
We have never paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and may not distribute cash
or other dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. The distribution of dividends on our ordinary shares will depend
on our earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of directors may consider
relevant. We may only distribute dividends out of “profits,” as defined by the Companies Law and provided that the
distribution is not reasonably expected to impair our ability to fulfill our outstanding and anticipated obligations as they become due.
If we do not distribute dividends, our ordinary shares may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if the
price of our ordinary shares appreciates.
28
We incur significant costs operating as a public company in the
United States, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance matters.
As a public company whose ordinary shares are listed in the United States, we are subject
to an extensive regulatory regime, requiring us, among other things, to maintain various internal controls and facilities and to prepare
and file periodic and current reports and statements. Complying with these requirements is costly and time consuming. In the event that
we are unable to demonstrate ongoing compliance with our obligations as a public company, or are unable to produce timely or accurate
financial statements, we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities and investors may lose confidence in
our operating results, and the price of our ordinary shares could decline.
In addition, we lost our emerging growth company status and are a “large accelerated
filer” as of December 31, 2020. We have incurred significant management time and cost complying with the more stringent reporting
requirements applicable to “accelerated filers,” including complying with auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b)
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive to
defend and could divert management’s attention.
In the past, following periods of market volatility in the price of a company’s
securities or the reporting of unfavorable news, security holders have often instituted class action litigation. If the market value of
our securities experience adverse fluctuations and we become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome, we could
incur substantial legal costs and our management’s attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, causing our business
to suffer. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.
U.S. investors in the Company could suffer adverse tax consequences
if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company.
We believe that we were not a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S.
federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ended December 31, 2021, and we do not expect to be classified as a PFIC for the current
year ending December 31, 2022 or the foreseeable future. However, the determination of whether we are a PFIC is a factual determination
made annually based on all the facts and circumstances and thus is subject to change. The relevant rules for determining whether or not
we are a PFIC as applied to our business are not entirely clear and certain aspects of the relevant tests will be outside our control.
Therefore, no assurance can be given that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.
If we are determined to be a PFIC at any time during which a U.S. Holder (as defined
in “Item 10E. Additional Information-Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders”) holds
our shares, such U.S. Holder may be subject to materially adverse tax consequences, including additional U.S. federal income tax liability
and tax filing obligations. See “Item 10E. Additional Information-Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
to U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.” U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors
as to whether or not we will be a PFIC.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over
financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose
confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our ordinary shares.
Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable
financial reports. As a “large accelerated filer” we are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal controls and
procedures that will allow our management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal
controls over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404. Although our independent registered
public accounting firm is required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and our management is required to report on our internal controls over financial reporting under
Section 404, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause
us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us, as and when required, conducted in connection with Section
404 or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, as and when required, may reveal deficiencies in our
internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes
to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause
investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our ordinary
shares.
29
We are a “foreign private issuer” and have disclosure
obligations that are different from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies.
We are a foreign private issuer and are not subject to the same requirements that are
imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. Under the Exchange Act, we are subject to reporting obligations that, in certain respects,
are less detailed and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we are not required to issue quarterly
reports or proxy statements that comply with the requirements applicable to U.S. domestic reporting companies. Furthermore, although under
regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, as an Israeli public company listed on the Nasdaq, we are required to disclose the compensation
of our five most highly compensated officers on an individual basis, this disclosure will not be as extensive as that required of U.S.
domestic reporting companies. We also have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual report with the SEC and are
not required to file current reports as frequently or promptly as U.S. domestic reporting companies. Furthermore, our officers, directors
and principal shareholders are exempt from the requirements to report transactions and short-swing profit recovery required by Section
16 of the Exchange Act. Also, as a “foreign private issuer,” we are not subject to the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair
Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Even though we have voluntarily elected to comply with Regulation FD, these exemptions
and leniencies reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections available to you in comparison to those applicable to a U.S.
domestic reporting companies.
We would lose our foreign private issuer status if as of June 30 in any calendar year
a majority of our outstanding shares are held of record by U.S. residents and a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S.
citizens or residents or we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory
and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we lose our foreign private
issuer status, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which
are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We may also be required to modify certain of our
policies to comply with accepted governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve
additional costs. In addition, we would lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S.
stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.
As a “foreign private issuer,” we are permitted to follow
certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and Nasdaq requirements, which may result in less
protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.
As a “foreign private issuer,” we are permitted to follow certain home country
corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the listing rules of Nasdaq for domestic U.S. issuers. For instance,
we follow our home country law instead of the listing rules of Nasdaq that require that we obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive
events, such as the establishment or amendment of certain equity-based compensation plans, an issuance that will result in a change of
control of us, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in the Company, and
certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company. Under the Companies Law as currently applicable to us, there is no requirement
to receive shareholder approval for the issuance of securities for such dilutive events, and under our amended and restated articles of
association our board of directors is authorized to issue securities, including ordinary shares, warrants and convertible notes. Additionally,
under the Companies Law, unless the articles of association otherwise provide, the quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders
must consist of at least two shareholders who hold at least 25% of the voting rights (instead of the 33 and 1/3% required under Nasdaq
rules), and we are not required to have a nominating committee consisting solely of independent directors for the nomination of directors.
See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance” for details on the differences between Israeli corporate governance practices and comparable
U.S. requirements and other home country practices we follow instead of the listing rules of Nasdaq. We may in the future elect to follow
home country corporate governance practices in Israel with regard to other matters. Following our home country corporate governance practices
as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a U.S. company listed on Nasdaq may provide less protection to you than what
is accorded to investors under the listing rules of Nasdaq applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.
30
Risks Related to Our Operations in Israel
Political, economic and military instability in Israel may impede
our ability to operate and harm our financial results.
Our principal executive offices and research and development facilities as well as our
third-party manufacturers are located in Israel. In addition, all of our subcontractors are located in Israel. Accordingly, political,
economic and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region could directly affect our business. Since the establishment of the
State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its Arab neighbours, Hamas (an Islamist militia
and political group in the Gaza Strip) and Hezbollah (an Islamist militia and political group in Lebanon). Even during times without formal
conflict, Hamas and other terrorist groups in the Gaza strip have shot rockets into southern Israel, which have sometimes damaged civilian
and commercial property. Any armed conflicts, political instability, terrorism, cyberattacks or any other hostilities involving Israel
or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners could affect adversely our operations. Ongoing
and revived hostilities or other Israeli political or economic factors, could prevent or delay shipments of our products, harm our operations
and product development and cause our sales to decrease. In the event that hostilities disrupt the ongoing operation of our facilities
or the airports and seaports on which we depend to import and export our supplies and products, our operations may be materially adversely
affected.
In addition, political uprisings and conflicts in various countries in the Middle East
are affecting the political stability of those countries. This instability has raised concerns regarding security in the region and the
potential for armed conflict. In Syria, a country bordering Israel, a civil war is taking place. In addition, there are concerns that
Iran, which has previously threatened to attack Israel, may step up its efforts to achieve nuclear capability. Iran is also believed to
have a strong influence among extremist groups in the region, such as Hamas in Gaza and Hezbollah in Lebanon. Israel has responded with
attacks on Iranian military operations in Syria. The tension between Israel and Iran and/or these groups may escalate in the future and
turn violent, which could affect the Israeli economy in general and us in particular. Any potential future conflict could also include
missile strikes against parts of Israel, including our offices and facilities and the facilities of our Israeli suppliers and subcontractors.
Such instability may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and certain
other countries. Any armed conflicts, terrorist activities or political instability in the region could adversely affect business conditions,
could harm our results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Parties with whom we do business may be
disinclined to travel to Israel during periods of heightened unrest or tension, forcing us to make alternative arrangements when necessary
in order to meet our business partners face to face. In addition, the political and security situation in Israel may result in parties
with whom we have agreements involving performance in Israel claiming that they are not obligated to perform their commitments under those
agreements pursuant to force majeure provisions in such agreements.
Our commercial insurance may leave us subject to a risk of a loss
if a terrorist attack or act of war occurs.
Our insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated
with the security situation in the Middle East or for any resulting disruption in our operations. Although the Israeli government has
in the past covered the reinstatement value of direct damages that were caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, we cannot be assured
that this government coverage will be maintained or, if maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred and
the government may cease providing such coverage or the coverage might not suffice to cover potential damages. Any losses or damages incurred
by us could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any armed conflicts or political instability in the region would likely negatively
affect business conditions generally and could harm our results of operations.
Boycotts and various Middle Eastern business restrictions
in the region may adversely impact our ability to operate and sell our products.
Several countries, principally in the Middle East, restrict doing business with Israel
and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies whether as
a result of hostilities in the region or otherwise. In addition, there have been increased efforts by activists to cause companies and
consumers to boycott Israeli goods based on Israeli government policies. Recently, Israel has signed bilateral peace agreements with several
Middle Eastern (including Arab) countries, forging new economic ties with them. Nevertheless, these restrictive laws and policies and
the actions by boycott activists, if become more widespread and successful, may seriously limit our ability to sell our products in these
countries and may have an adverse impact on our operating results, financial conditions or the expansion of our business.
31
We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for
assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business.
We have entered into assignment of invention agreements with our employees pursuant
to which such individuals agree to assign to us all rights to any inventions created during their employment or engagement with us. A
significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course of their employment with us. Under
the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment with
a company and as a result thereof are regarded as “service inventions,” which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement
between the employee and employer giving the employee service invention rights. The Patent Law also provides that if there is no agreement
between an employer and an employee with respect to the employee’s right to receive compensation for such “service inventions,”
and to what extent and under which conditions, the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee, or the Committee, a body constituted
under the Patent Law, shall determine whether the employee is entitled to remuneration for his or her service inventions and the scope
and conditions for such remuneration. The Patent Law further provides criteria for assisting the Committee in making its decisions. Case
law clarifies that the right to receive consideration for “service inventions” can be waived by the employee and that in certain
circumstances, such waiver does not necessarily have to be explicit. The Committee will examine, on a case-by-case basis, the general
contractual framework between the parties, applying interpretation rules of the general Israeli contract laws. Further, the Committee
has not yet determined one specific formula for calculating this remuneration, nor the criteria or circumstances under which an employee’s
waiver of his right to remuneration will be disregarded. Similarly, it remains unclear whether waivers by employees in their employment
agreements of the alleged right to receive consideration for service inventions should be declared as void being a depriving provision
in a standard contract. Although our employees have agreed to assign to us service invention rights and have specifically waived their
right to receive any special remuneration for such service inventions beyond their regular salary and benefits, as a result of uncertainty
under Israeli law with respect to the efficacy of waivers of service invention rights, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration
for assigned inventions. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current
and/or former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.
Our operations may be affected by negative economic conditions or
labor unrest in Israel.
General strikes or work stoppages, including at Israeli ports, have occurred periodically
or have been threatened in the past by Israeli trade unions due to labor disputes. These general strikes or work stoppages may have an
adverse effect on the Israeli economy and on our business, including our ability to deliver products to our customers and to receive raw
materials from our suppliers in a timely manner and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
You may have difficulties enforcing a U.S. judgment against us,
our executive officers and directors and Israeli experts named in this Annual Report on Form 20-F in Israel or the United States, asserting
U.S. securities laws claims in Israel or serving process on our officers and directors and these experts in Israel.
We are incorporated in Israel and our corporate headquarters are located in Israel.
Many of our executive officers and directors reside outside of the United States, and a significant portion of our assets and the assets
of certain of our directors and executive officers are located outside the United States. Therefore, a judgment obtained against us or
any of them in the United States, including one based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be
collectible in the United States and may not be enforced by an Israeli court. Further, if a foreign judgment is enforced by an Israeli
court, it will be payable in Israeli currency. It also may be difficult for you to effect service of process on these persons in the United
States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Additionally, it may be difficult for an investor,
or any other person or entity, to initiate an action with respect to U.S. securities laws in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear
a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws reasoning that Israel is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring
such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable
to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proven as a fact by expert witnesses,
which can be a time consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding
case law in Israel that addresses the matters described above. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment in Israel,
you may not be able to collect any damages awarded by either a U.S. or foreign court.
32
Moreover, among other reasons, including but not limited to, fraud or absence of due
process, or the existence of a judgment which is at variance with another judgment that was given in the same matter if a suit in the
same matter between the same parties was pending before a court or tribunal in Israel, an Israeli court will not enforce a foreign judgment
if it was given in a state whose laws do not provide for the enforcement of judgments of Israeli courts (subject to exceptional cases),
or if its enforcement is likely to prejudice the sovereignty or security of the State of Israel.
Provisions of our amended and restated articles of association and
Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult a merger with, or an acquisition of, the Company, which could prevent a change of control
even when the terms of such transaction are favorable to us and our shareholders and, therefore, could depress the price of our ordinary
shares.
As a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, we are subject to Israeli
corporate law. Israeli corporate law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of ordinary shares above specified thresholds,
requires special approvals for transactions involving directors, officers or certain significant shareholders and regulates other matters
that may be relevant to these types of transactions. In addition, our amended and restated articles of association contain provisions
that may make it more difficult to acquire us, such as classified board provisions. Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential
transactions unappealing to us or to some of our shareholders. These provisions of our amended and restated articles of association and
Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control and therefore depress the
price of our ordinary shares.
Your rights and responsibilities as a holder of our ordinary shares
will be governed by Israeli law, which differs in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S.
companies.
The rights and responsibilities of the holders of our ordinary shares are governed by
our articles of association and by Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in some material respects from the rights and
responsibilities of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. In particular, pursuant to the Companies Law, a shareholder of an Israeli
company has certain duties, including to act in good faith and fairness and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing
its obligations towards the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing its power in the company including, among other
things, in voting at the general meeting of shareholders on certain matters, such as an amendment to the company’s articles of association,
an increase of the company’s authorized share capital, a merger of the company, and approval of related party transactions that
require shareholder approval. A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders. In addition,
a controlling shareholder or a shareholder who knows that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholders’ vote
or to appoint or prevent the appointment of an officer of the company has a duty to act in fairness towards the company with regard to
such vote or appointment. See “Item 6C. Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Board Practices-Approval of Related Party Transactions
under Israeli Law” for additional information. There is limited case law available to assist in understanding the nature of these
duties or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose additional obligations on holders of our
ordinary shares that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations.
33
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A. History and Development of the Company
We were incorporated in the State of Israel on January 2, 2008. In November 2017, our
corporate name was changed from Invasix Ltd. to InMode Ltd. Our registered office is located at Tavor Building, Sha’ar Yokneam,
P.O. Box 533, Yokneam 2069206, Israel. The phone number of our registered office is +972-4-9096313. Our wholly‑owned subsidiary,
Invasix Inc., a Delaware corporation, acts as our agent for service of process in the United States and is located at 17 Hughes Irvine,
California 92618. The phone number for Invasix Inc. is 949-387-5711.
In August 2019, we completed our initial public offering of 10,000,000 of our ordinary
shares at an initial public offering price of $7.00 per ordinary share. The effective date of the registration statement on Form F-1 (File
No. 333-232615) was August 7, 2019. Also, during August 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and purchased
an additional 1,000,000 ordinary shares at the same price per share. Our ordinary shares commenced trading on Nasdaq on August 8, 2019,
under the symbol “INMD”.
Our capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 amounted
to approximately $0.9 million, $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Our capital expenditures consist principally of the purchase
of molds for manufacturing. We anticipate our capital expenditures in 2022 to be up to $1.0 million and to be financed from our existing
cash and cash equivalents.
The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements,
and other information regarding issuers, including InMode, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.
We maintain a corporate website at www.inmodemd.com. The information contained on our website or available through our website is not
incorporated by reference into and should not be considered a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and the reference to our website
in this Annual Report on Form 20-F is an inactive textual reference only.
B. Business Overview
Overview
We are a leading global provider of innovative, energy-based, minimally invasive surgical
medical treatment solutions. Within the global aesthetics market, our products and solutions are primarily designed to address three energy-based
treatment categories comprised of: (i) face and body contouring; (ii) medical aesthetics; and (iii) women’s health. We have developed
and commercialized products utilizing medically-accepted RF energy technology, which can penetrate deep into the subdermal fat, allowing
adipose tissue remodeling. We believe our RF energy-based proprietary technologies -- (i) Radio Frequency Assisted Lipolysis, or RFAL;
(ii) Deep Subdermal Fractional RF; (iii) Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening; and (iv) Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling for
skin and human natural openings -- represent a paradigm shift in the minimally invasive aesthetic solutions market. These technologies
are used by physicians to remodel subdermal adipose, or fatty tissue in a variety of procedures including liposuction with simultaneous
skin tightening, face and body contouring, ablative skin rejuvenation treatments and treatment of Genitourinary Syndrome of Menopause
(GSM). Our products, developed with our proprietary RF energy-based technologies, overcome many of the shortcomings of other surgical
options by delivering surgical-grade results under local anesthetics while significantly minimizing risks of scarring, downtime, pain
and other complications typically accompanying surgical procedures. In addition to our minimally invasive solutions, we design, develop,
manufacture and market differentiated, non-invasive medical aesthetic products that target a wide array of procedures. These include simultaneous
fat killing and skin tightening, permanent hair reduction through the use of our innovative dual wavelength technology and other treatments
targeting skin appearance and texture through the use of our high power IPL technology. Our products, which we market and sell traditionally
to plastic and facial surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, dermatologists and OB/GYNs may be used on a variety of body parts including the face,
neck, abdomen, upper arms, thighs and intimate feminine regions.
In addition to the existing group of patients who currently undergo full surgical aesthetic
procedures, we believe our minimally invasive solutions satisfy an unmet market demand in two incremental groups of patients: (i) those
whose skin laxity or other physical attributes have previously precluded them from undergoing surgical aesthetic procedures and (ii) those
who would entertain the idea of surgical or minimally invasive aesthetic procedures, but are averse to the associated costs, downtime
and potential safety risks. We believe these patient populations will continue to represent a significant opportunity for our differentiated
minimally invasive aesthetic solutions.
34
We believe our products have consistently been at the forefront of technological development
in the aesthetic solutions market. Since 2010, we have launched ten product platforms: BodyTite, Optimas,
Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, EvolveX, Evoke, Morpheus8 and EmpowerRF. Each product
consists of the following components: a platform that incorporates multiple energy sources, one or more handpieces or hands-free applicators,
our proprietary software and a simple user interface with touch screen. Our platforms have a small footprint and are lightweight compared
to our competitors’ systems, which are typically larger and heavier. Our products can be upgraded easily by the user in order to
perform additional treatments by adding handpieces, hands-free applicators and/or installing software in the existing platform. The ease
of upgrades enables our customers to meet demand for aesthetic solutions through additional service offerings.
Our focus on innovation has resulted in a strong track record of sustained new and next-generation
product development. We believe our ability to bring new products to market and continuously innovate is a distinct competitive advantage.
We launched two new product platforms in 2021, which are based on our existing RF energy-based proprietary technology, with the goal of
further penetrating the market for surgical and medical treatment solutions. The two platforms that were introduced in 2021 are the EmpowerRF
which is for women’s health indications and EvolveX which replaced our Evolve
platform.
We expect that this new product platform will complement our existing portfolio of products,
allowing us to increase our offerings to existing customers and attract new customers. We believe that introducing new product platforms
is important in order to satisfy consumer demand and respond to evolving technological developments.
In response to customers’ desires to enhance and expand their offering of our
aesthetic and wellness office-based procedures, we are developing additional RF energy-based platforms, handpieces and applicators targeted
towards several medical specialties.
| • |
For ophthalmologists, we are developing a new platform that, in addition to our existing aesthetic handpieces, we expect will assist
with the following procedures: |
| • |
lower and upper eyelid contraction and fat reduction using the AccuTite and Morpheus8
handpieces; and |
| • |
treatment of periorbital wrinkles and dry eye with a new continuous bi-polar RF energy handpiece. |
| • |
Our new handpiece to treat dry eye and periorbital wrinkles is currently in clinical trials. We plan to introduce our new product
platform for ophthalmologists comprised of three handpieces (AccuTite, Morpheus8 and our new dry
eye and periorbital wrinkle treatment handpiece) to the market in 2022. |
| • |
For ENTs, we are in the initial stage of developing a new platform and handpieces that we believe will provide patients with a medical
treatment solution for snoring and rhinitis. The handpiece for treatment of snoring is based on our Deep Subdermal Fractional RF technology
and is expected to contract and stiffen the soft palate (located on the back of the roof of the mouth), which blocks the airway, causing
tissues to vibrate during sleep. This platform and both handpieces are in the concept design phase. |
| • |
For urologists, we are in the early-stages of developing a device using RF energy to treat ED (Erectile Dysfunction). We registered
a patent application to protect our technological concept, and we believe that our technological concept will work well for this indication
but much more research and development is needed. |
35
We are focused on establishing and using clinical evidence to support and broaden our
marketing claims and drive customer awareness and acceptance of our products. Traditionally, the aesthetic solutions market has relied
heavily on marketing efforts and “before-and-after” pictures in an attempt to distinguish products. We believe our focus on
establishing clinical evidence for the efficacy of our products has been important for adoption by our surgically-trained customers, who
are accustomed to seeing extensive clinical data in their non-aesthetic practices. To date, 60 third-party clinical studies have been
completed and 18 third-party clinical studies are in the process of being conducted using our products. We also have a portfolio of 65
peer-reviewed publications. While we did not have any involvement in the clinical studies mentioned above, such studies provide qualitative
results that we believe are meaningful. However, because these were third-party studies, we do not have access to any raw data to conduct
any quantitative analyses.
To complement our surgical aesthetic and medical treatment solutions, we offer post-sales
training and support services. We provide physicians with training focused on the most beneficial ways to utilize our products, including
safety and instructional videos to expand procedural offerings and hands-on, personalized marketing support. We believe that we provide
one of the most extensive training and ongoing support programs available to physicians throughout the aesthetic solutions market.
Our revenue increased to approximately $357.6 million for the year ended December 31,
2021, from approximately $206.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and from $156.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we recorded a gross margin of approximately 85%, 85% and 87%, respectively, and
net income of approximately $165.1 million, $75.0 million, and $61.2 million, respectively. Our principal market is in the U.S, where
our revenue increased to approximately $237.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from approximately $149.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2020 and from $124.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Outside of the U.S, our revenue increased to
approximately $120.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from approximately $56.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020
and from $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Regarding U.S. revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we derived
approximately $168.5 million, or 71%, $88.2 million, or 59%, and $99.3 million, or 80%, respectively, of our total U.S revenues from the
sale of minimally invasive platforms. We derived approximately $64.1 million, or 27%, $58.3 million, or 39%, and $13.7 million, or 11%,
respectively, of our total U.S revenues from the sale of hands-free platforms, and approximately $4.7 million, or 2%, $3.0 million, or
2%, and $11.2 million, or 9%, respectively, of our total U.S revenues from the sale of non-invasive platforms.
We have 28 FDA clearances and, in addition to the United States, where we have an installed
base of approximately 5,700 product platforms, we are permitted to sell our products in most countries, in the following territories:
North America, Europe, Asia, Africa, Asia Pacific and Latin America. As of December 31, 2021, we sell and market our products in the United
States, Canada, United Kingdom, Spain, India, Australia and France, through a direct sales force of approximately 170 representatives.
We also sell and market our products through 49 distributors in 61 countries. As of December 31, 2021, we had a global installed base
of approximately 11,600 product platforms capable of running various multi-use applicators and utilizing minimally invasive consumables.
Our Solution
Key benefits of our minimally invasive surgical aesthetic and medical treatment solutions
include:
| • |
Small to no incisions, which reduces the drawbacks and risks typically associated with surgical procedures such as significant pain,
local or widespread scarring, infection, perforation and hemorrhage. |
| • |
Outpatient procedures that typically do not require general anesthesia, which can decrease patient downtime, discomfort and other
potential complications and typically reduces cost. |
| • |
Minimally invasive procedures with similar efficacy to surgical procedures that have the ability to expand the addressable patient
population for aesthetics procedures. |
36
| • |
Effective and long-lasting aesthetic solutions, many of which are supported by compelling clinical data, including 65 peer-reviewed
publications. |
| • |
Differentiated, RF energy-based technology simultaneously kills fat and tightens skin, overcoming the many shortcomings of traditional
surgical, minimally and non-invasive aesthetic procedures. |
| • |
Innovative dual wavelength laser technology that allows for permanent hair reduction on a wider range of skin types and hair textures
than other aesthetic solutions currently on the market, reducing the number of treatments required. |
| • |
Typically less expensive than other aesthetic solutions on the market that provide comparable results as a result of less required
physician time and training required. |
Leader in RF Energy
We believe we are the leader in using RF energy for both minimally invasive and subdermal
ablative aesthetic purposes. RF energy is different from optical energy because it is not absorbed by the epidermis and is able to be
targeted to penetrate deep into the tissue. The application of RF energy in medicine is a well-established practice. For example, RF energy
is the basis of magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, and surgical diathermy, used to cauterize blood vessels to prevent excessive bleeding,
both commonplace applications administered regularly in medical practice. RF energy is also used in cardiology for ablative interventions
and in oncology surgery for tumor/metastasis ablation.
RF energy can be delivered to the skin in a variety of ways, the most common being monopolar
delivery, whereby RF energy is delivered through a single probe placed on the skin with a grounding pad distant to the probe site. Alternatively,
in bipolar delivery, RF energy is delivered from a probe with two electrodes placed over the treatment area. Bipolar delivery has an important
advantage over monopolar delivery: depth of penetration of the RF energy is not dependent on the tissue impedance, or electrical resistance,
which varies from person to person, or the cross-sectional area of the probe. That is not the case with monopolar delivery. Instead, in
bipolar delivery, depth of penetration of the RF energy depends on the distance between the two electrodes on the probe, with increasing
distance resulting in increased depth of penetration. We believe we are the leader in the development, design and commercialization of
bipolar RF energy devices for minimally invasive and subdermal ablative aesthetic purposes.
Radio-Frequency Assisted Lipolysis
Using our expertise in bipolar RF energy delivery, we developed what we believe is the
next generation of lipolysis and adipose tissue remodeling technology, a new category that delivers a thermal response to the adipose
tissue, skin and subdermal matrix. Our RFAL products deliver directional RF energy into the subcutaneous fat to coagulate, liquefy and
remodel adipose tissue and heat the subcutaneous fibrous septa, or partitions, resulting in substantial collagen contraction of subdermal
space. We believe we are the first company to utilize bipolar radio frequency in a minimally invasive manner. Our RFAL products generate
a higher power and more efficient energy transfer than laser energy systems and allow the treatment of larger volumes of the subcutaneous
tissue with optimal thermal profiles, facilitating the significant tightening of the tissue. The shrinkage of tissue is significant and
can reach double-digit percentages of the heated tissue volume. The thermal energy is delivered by an innovative handpiece comprised of
two electrodes: the internal electrode is inserted into the fat layer while the other larger electrode is applied externally to the skin
surface above the cannula tip. The internal cannula is passed through the subcutaneous fat while the external electrode is moved above
and over the skin’s surface. The small, conductive tip of the cannula delivers RF energy into the subcutaneous fat, liquefying it
and simultaneously contracting fibrous septa. The liquefied fat can then be removed from the body through a suction cannula. Our RFAL
products also apply gentle uniform heating of the dermis, thereby promoting skin tightening. Figure 1 below shows how the RF energy is
delivered through the handpiece to simultaneously liquefy fat and tighten the skin.
37
Our BodyTite and EmbraceRF
platforms and the BodyTite and FaceTite handpieces rely
on our proprietary RFAL technology. To date, there have been more than 130,000 successful RFAL procedures conducted with positive clinical
results using our BodyTite and EmbraceRF platforms and
the BodyTite and FaceTite handpieces. We have demonstrated
that RFAL has the potential to elicit three-dimensional soft tissue contraction reliably and predictably to both serve otherwise non-traditional
liposuction candidates, as well as to improve outcomes in patients for whom liposuction is an option.
Figure 1: RFAL mechanism of action.
Deep Subdermal Fractional RF
Our Deep Subdermal Fractional RF delivers RF energy into the subdermal fat tissue to
depths of up to four millimeters, or mm. Deep Subdermal Fractional RF provides skin tightening and adipose tissue remodeling directly
under the dermal layer. Our Deep Subdermal Fractional RF products deliver RF energy under the dermis through an array of pins producing
localized heat and small micro-lesion dots in the treatment area. The heat generated by the pins in the subdermal tissue promotes collagen
restructuring and tissue reshaping. Physicians can offer a versatile fractional treatment creating a three-dimensional matrix of coagulation
volumes inside the tissue. Deep Subdermal Fractional RF is used for wrinkle reduction, skin tightening and treatment of cellulite appearance.
Our deep subdermal fractional RF can be applied to both face and body. Our Morpheus8, Morpheus8 Body
and Morpheus8 V handpieces rely on our proprietary Deep Subdermal Fractional RF technology
and are used in conjunction with our BodyTite, Embrace RF, Optimas and EmpowerRF
platforms. Figure 2 below shows how the RF energy is delivered through the coated pins on the handpiece to reshape tissue under
the dermal layer.
Figure 2: Deep Subdermal Fractional RF mechanism of action.
38
Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening
Our Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening proprietary technology combines
vacuum and bipolar RF energy with high and low amplitudes to both permanently kill adipose tissue and contract the skin. We believe our
Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening technology is the first and only RF-based, non-invasive body contouring technology that
permanently kills adipose tissue. Our BodyFX handpiece and MiniFX handpiece utilize our Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening
technology to address problematic fatty tissue in larger body areas such as the abdomen, back and thighs.
Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling for Skin and Human Natural Openings
Our Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling propriety technology delivers heat in a uniform
and volumetric form targeting deep into tissue while providing collagen remodeling with real-time control of the device’s temperature.
The versatility of this technology allows the operator to provide a customized solution to address a variety of women’s wellness
concerns that occur due to aging, hormonal stress or physical damage. Our Forma, FormaV,
and Morpheus8V handpieces utilize Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling technology while harnessing
continuous bipolar RF energy with real-time temperature measurement. RF energy generated heat is delivered uniformly to vaginal tissue
through a consumable applicator to provide vaginal and labia contraction with patients often seeing effects of the procedure immediately.
Pulse/Continuous Bipolar RF
Continuous Bi-polar RF is electrical energy in the RF spectrum (1 MHz) that results
from the flow of an electric charge between two electrodes. This conducted energy increases ion movement in the tissue and generates kinetic
energy that is transformed to thermal energy (heating). In turn, this thermal energy causes controlled damage to the tissue and triggers
a natural healing mechanism and tissue-renewal resulting in tissue tightening and remodeling. The distance between the electrodes allows
for control of the depth of penetration of the bi-polar RF energy into the tissue. The distance between the electrodes is chosen based
on the particular treatment and according to the tissue to be treated (generally varies between a few millimeters to 3-4 centimeters).
Bi-polar RF can be delivered to the tissue in one of two modes: either pulse or continuous. In pulse mode, pulse duration is pre-determined
and RF energy automatically stops. In continuous mode, the RF energy is delivered uninterrupted into the tissue for as long as the operator
deems appropriate. As part of the design, continuous bi-polar RF energy allows real-time measurement of the patient’s skin temperature.
This allows our products to provide real-time feedback to the operator throughout the treatment process and enhances overall safety and
efficiency. All of our RF platforms (both existing and expected) and RF handpieces (both minimally and non-invasive) have both pulse bi-polar
RF and continuous bi-polar RF capabilities. Our proprietary RFAL-based products (such as our BodyTite
product platform and FaceTite handpiece) and Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling based products
(such as our Forma handpiece) primarily utilize the continuous bipolar RF feature. Our proprietary
Deep Subdermal Fractional RF based products (such as our Morpheus8 handpiece) and Simultaneous
Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening products (such as our BodyFX handpiece) primarily utilize the pulse feature depending on the procedure
and target result. Figure 3 below shows how RF energy is delivered through the handpiece by an electric charge between two electrodes
continuously into the tissue.
Figure 3: Pulse/Continuous Bi-polar RF mechanism of action.
39
Non-invasive Medical Aesthetic Technologies
In addition to our proprietary minimally invasive solutions, we continue to develop
innovative non-invasive medical aesthetic solutions, including:
| • |
Simultaneous non-invasive fat killing and skin tightening. We believe our technology is the
first and only RF-based, noninvasive body contouring technology that permanently kills adipose tissue while simultaneously contracting
the skin. This technology addresses problematic fatty tissue in large body areas such as the abdomen, back and thighs. Customers use this
technology with the Contoura platform and the BodyFX and
MiniFX handpieces. |
| • |
Dual wavelength for permanent hair reduction. Our single-pulse, dual wavelength product for
permanent hair reduction, Triton, combines two wavelengths in one platform, overcoming certain
limitations of standard lasers. This optimal mix of wavelengths allows the highest efficiency and safety. We believe Triton
is the only FDA-cleared, single-pulse, dual wavelength product for permanent hair reduction. Customers use this technology with the Triton
Duo Light and Triton Duo Dark
handpieces. |
| • |
High-power Intense Pulsed Light. Our high-power IPL is a breakthrough technology that delivers
up to three times more energy than typical IPL devices within the 500 to 600 nanometer, or nm, range to improve efficacy for vascular
and pigmented lesions. It is optimized to treat a variety of skin types and conditions in a single session. Customers use this technology
with the Optimas platform and the Lumecca handpiece.
|
| • |
Controlled continuous RF heating. We believe our controlled continuous RF technology is the
first auto-adjusting non-invasive thermal skin treating technology for deep and uniform tissue stimulation. This technology uses bipolar
RF energy delivery that allows uniformity between the electrodes to provide a comfortable thermal effect with immediate and subsequent
contraction. Customers use this technology with the Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Evoke and EvolveX
hands-free platforms and EmpowerRF for women’s health. |
Differentiated and Comprehensive Post-Sales Support
To complement our innovative aesthetic solutions, we offer post-sales training and support
services. We provide physicians training focused on the most beneficial ways to utilize our products, including a disciplined focus on
safety. Our clinical training and support program consists of three key components:
| i. |
A visit by a new physician to one of our many highly qualified plastic surgery facilities for instruction followed by a live patient
demonstration; |
| ii. |
A visit to the new physician’s office by a trained registered nurse or physician’s assistant to attend the first day
of treatments to in-service; and |
| iii. |
Open house workshops organized by us, wherein the new physician invites his or her patient base and we assist him or her in “kick
starting” marketing efforts. These events typically secure significant procedural revenues for the physician. |
In addition, we offer ongoing livestream cases for customers where they can observe
and interact in real-time with both our training staff and highly qualified physician instructors on a regular basis. Advanced training
is also available for physicians who choose to expand their education on highly skilled procedures, including non-excisional breast lifting
or brachioplasty. We are continuing to build a library of on-line instructional videos as both a reference tool and to expand physicians’
procedural offerings. We also provide support to help customers educate and engage patients about the new minimally invasive procedures
available to them through our In-Practice program. This program provides hands-on, personalized marketing support for customers’
practices including signage, educational collateral, digital marketing and advertising assets. We believe that we provide one of the most
extensive training and ongoing support programs available to physicians throughout the aesthetics industry.
40
Our Competitive Strengths
We attribute the growing commercial success of our various platforms and products to
the following:
| • |
Pioneer of the minimally invasive aesthetic solutions market. We believe our proprietary
technologies represent a paradigm shift in the minimally invasive and surgical aesthetic solutions market. We believe our technologies
and products demonstrate numerous performance advantages over other aesthetic options and enable physicians and patients to obtain results
that can generally only be achieved with more expensive and invasive surgical procedures. Our RF proprietary energy-based technology simultaneously
kills fat and tightens skin, overcoming many of the limitations of other surgical, minimally and non-invasive procedures, positioning
us to address unmet patient needs and expand the addressable patient population for aesthetic solutions. Although each of our product
platforms has a primary handpiece or applicator that is either minimally or non-invasive, our platforms are designed to be modular, which
enables the user to provide complementary treatments using a single platform by attaching different handpieces or applicators. |
| • |
Strong brand recognition. Our brand is associated with product leadership, significant technological
advances and extensive clinical data, which has led to strong customer loyalty. Unlike many of our competitors, our technology is not
exclusively laser-based or limited to superficial treatment of the skin. Instead, we have developed and commercialized products utilizing
medically-accepted RF energy technology, which can penetrate deep into the subdermal fat, allowing adipose tissue remodeling. We believe
our brand is synonymous throughout the physician and patient communities with having the broadest RF energy-based portfolio in the minimally
invasive aesthetics market for fat destruction and remodeling, face and body contouring and skin tightening. |
| • |
Provide comprehensive solutions for physicians and patients. We have an extensive product
portfolio that includes solutions for a wide range of both minimally and non-invasive procedures across the aesthetic solutions market.
For each of our products, we offer post-sales support services including training, installation, practice growth consulting and repair
support that minimizes product downtime and associated lost revenues to physicians. |
| • |
Broad regulatory approvals supported by extensive clinical data. We have 28 FDA clearances
and in addition to the United States, are permitted to sell in Europe, Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Colombia, the Commonwealth
of Independent States, Israel, Mexico, Panama, Philippines, Russia, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. To date, we also have a portfolio
of 65 peer-reviewed publications and there are 60 completed and 18 ongoing third-party clinical studies on a number of our products (BodyTite,
FaceTite, NeckTite, Optimas, Fractora, Morpheus8, Forma, Lumecca, DiolazeXL, Votiva, Morpheus8V, FormaV, Contoura, BodyFX, MiniFX, Evoke,
EvolveX, Morpheus8 and AccuTite). While we did not have any involvement in the clinical
studies mentioned above, such studies provide qualitative results that we believe are significant. However, because these were third-party
studies, we do not have access to any raw data to conduct any quantitative analyses. We believe our focus on demonstrated clinical data
and effectiveness differentiates us from our competition and helps to validate our technology with surgically-trained physicians, who
we believe are typically the most difficult segment of the market to penetrate. |
| • |
Strong management team with proven track record. Our management team has significant expertise
in the medical aesthetics industry with a proven track record of successfully developing and commercializing innovative technologies.
Moshe Mizrahy and Dr. Michael Kreindel, our co-founders, previously founded Syneron Medical Ltd. Our senior executive team has an average
of over 15 years of medical aesthetics industry experience and has served in various leadership positions at Syneron Medical Ltd. and
Cynosure, Inc. |
41
Our Growth Strategy
Our objective is to expand our technological leadership in the surgical solutions market
and to leverage our RF proprietary technologies to expand into additional medical solutions markets. We intend to achieve this goal by
implementing the following strategies:
| • |
Increase our sales presence to target and expand our addressable market globally. We plan
to continue to expand our direct sales organization and our distribution network and seek to recruit and train exceptionally talented
sales representatives in existing and new markets to help us broaden the adoption of our products, drive further market penetration and
expand beyond our traditional customer base. |
| • |
United States: We have a direct sales presence in United States and plan to keep expanding
our direct sales team. |
| • |
Canada: We have a direct sales presence in Canada and plan to keep expanding our direct sales
team. |
| • |
Europe: We intend to establish sales and marketing organizations and a network of exclusive
European distributors (in addition to our subsidiaries network in the United Kingdom, Spain, Italy and France). |
| • |
Latin America: We plan to enhance our network of exclusive distributors in Argentina, Brazil,
Colombia, Mexico, Panama and Chile. |
| • |
Asia-Pacific: In addition to our direct sales presence in India and Australia, we may also
establish direct sales presence in China through our fully-owned subsidiary in Guangzhou, as well as enhance our network of exclusive
distributors in Japan, Philippines, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. |
| • |
Continue to further penetrate our existing customer base and drive recurring revenues. We
believe that there are opportunities for us to generate additional revenue from existing customers who are already familiar with our products.
Additionally, we have experienced growth in the sales of consumables over the past four years. Since inception, we have sold over 911,000
consumables. We expect that as our customer base grows, the percentage of our revenues attributable to consumables will increase. We also
expect that certain customers will be candidates for technology upgrades to enhance the capabilities of their existing InMode products.
In addition, as we continue to grow our support services program, we expect to seek to increase the number of customers that enter into
extended warranties, which would provide us with additional recurring revenues. |
| • |
Leverage our existing technology to expand into new minimally and non-invasive applications.
We have an active research and development pipeline focused on additional solutions targeted to our traditional customer base. Our near-term
product development portfolio consists of new and second generation solutions for various conditions, including wearable, noninvasive
face and body reshaping products, cellulite, large area lipolysis, fractional RF treatment of SUI, vaginal laxity pelvic floor muscle
restoration, labiaplasty procedures, post-partum treatments and other GSM symptoms, snoring and rhinitis treatments, dry eye and eyelid
treatments, TMJ (Temporomandibular Joint Disorders) and ED (Erectile Dysfunction). We launched one new product platform in 2021 and replaced
another, which we believe will allow us to continue to grow our revenues over the long term and further penetrate the market for aesthetic
solutions. Each such product is or will be subject to the FDA regulatory framework, specifically, the FDA’s 510(k) clearance requirements,
described in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. |
| • |
Expand our customer base beyond traditional customers. We intend to develop products that
leverage our minimally and non-invasive technologies to address the unmet market needs of a new customer base, which includes OB/gyns,
ENTs, ophthalmologists, general practitioners and aesthetic clinicians. We intend to adapt our products to the expertise and skill level
of these providers, further expanding our addressable market. |
| • |
Actively pursue business development opportunities. We may seek to engage in targeted business
development activities, including acquisitions of technologies and strategic partnerships, in order to augment our product and technology
portfolio in our existing and potentially adjacent markets. We believe we can leverage our global infrastructure and existing relationships
to implement a disciplined tuck-in acquisition strategy. |
| • |
Expand our intellectual properly and patent portfolio. We intend to expand our existing intellectual
property and patent portfolio as we develop additional applications and continue to aggressively defend against potential infringement
by our competitors. |
42
Our Products
We offer a broad portfolio of aesthetic and medical treatment solutions that consist
of a variety of platforms providing minimally and non-invasive applications. The following tables provide information concerning our product
platforms and their applications.
Minimally Invasive and Ablative Platforms
|
Product
Platform
|
Energy
Source(s) |
Year
Introduced
|
Handpiece(s) |
Primary (not Exclusive)
Applications* |
|
BodyTite
|
Bipolar RF |
2010 |
BodyTite |
Body Contouring (MI) |
|
FaceTite |
Face Contouring (MI) | |||
|
NeckTite |
Neck Contouring (MI) | |||
|
AccuTite |
Face/Body Contouring (MI) | |||
|
Optimas
|
Laser Bipolar RF IPL |
2016 |
Morpheus8 |
Skin Rejuvenation (MI) |
|
Forma |
Skin Rejuvenation (NI) | |||
|
Lumecca |
Skin Rejuvenation & Pigmentation (NI)
| |||
|
DiolazeXL |
Hair Removal (NI) | |||
|
Vasculaze |
Vascular Lesion (NI) | |||
|
Facial Wrinkles and Texture (MI)
| ||||
|
EmbraceRF
|
Bipolar RF |
2018 |
FaceTite |
Face Remodeling (MI) |
|
Morpheus8 |
Facial Wrinkles and Texture (MI)
| |||
|
AccuTite |
Face/Body Contouring (MI) | |||
|
Votiva
|
Bipolar RF |
2017 |
FormaV |
Women’s Health (MI) |
|
Women’s Health (NI) | ||||
|
Morpheus8
|
Bipolar RF |
2021 |
Morpheus8 |
Face and body fractional RF treatment (MI)
|
|
Morpheus8 Body
|
||||
|
EmpowerRF
|
Bipolar RF and EMS |
2021 |
FormaV, Morpheus8V,
VTone, Aviva |
Women’s health (MI) |
Non-Invasive Platforms
|
Product Platform
|
Energy Source(s)
|
Year Introduced
|
Handpiece(s)
|
Primary
(not Exclusive) Applications* |
|
Contoura
|
Bipolar
RF |
2017
|
BodyFX
MiniFX
Plus
|
Body
Contouring
Face/Neck
Contouring
Skin
Tightening |
|
Triton
|
Laser
|
2018
|
Triton
Duo Light
Triton
Duo Dark |
Hair
Removal
Hair
Removal |
Hand-Free Platforms
|
Product Platform
|
Energy Source(s)
|
Year Introduced
|
Handpiece(s)
|
Primary
(not Exclusive) Applications* |
|
EvolveX
|
Bipolar RF EMS
|
2021
|
Tite
(HF)
Transform
(HF)
Tone
(HF) |
Skin
Tightening
Body
Contouring
EMS
|
|
Evoke
|
Bipolar
RF |
2020
|
Cheek
(HF)
Chin
(HF) |
Skin
Rejuvenation
Skin
Rejuvenation |
|
* |
“MI” = Minimally Invasive, “NI” = Non-Invasive, “HF” = Hands-free application
|
43
In addition to the products described above, prior versions of our products continue
to be used by customers. Outside of the United States, we also offer some alternative versions of our aesthetic treatment solutions, in
some cases under different trademarks, which are tailored to the specific preferences and needs of certain countries and regions.
Components of Our Products
Each of our products consists of the following components:
• platform;
• one or more handpieces
or hands-free applicators; and
• our proprietary software.
Platforms
Our platforms are mostly electronic boxes, comprised of RF energy generators and modules
supporting lasers and IPL, as applicable, a 110/220VAC input power supply, controller and a user interface with touch screen. The user
interface allows the physician to select the handpiece and set treatment parameters to meet the requirements of a particular application
and patient. Using the touch screen, the physician can independently adjust the energy level, pulse width and other parameters depending
on application to optimize the treatment’s safety and effectiveness. The user interface on our multiple energy workstations also
allows the user to change energy sources with the press of a button. The control system communicates the operator’s settings from
the user interface to the system’s modules and manages system operation and performance.
Handpieces and Hands-Free Applicators
Our handpieces and hands-free applicators are used to apply the energy to the patient
treatment area. The handpieces and hands-free applicators are designed for specific targeted body areas, type of energy to maximize treatment
safety and efficacy for specific treatment. Certain of our handpieces and hands-free applicators have a contained thermal field that ensures
a controlled and safe treatment through our Acquire, Control and Extend, or ACE, technology. Our ACE technology ensures that no areas
are under- or over-treated using therapeutic temperatures safely and efficiently. Built-in safeguards, including real time measurements
of skin temperature, impedance monitoring, power cut-off and audible feedback, help ensure patient safety throughout the procedure. A
number of our handpieces and hands-free applicators are, or contain, one-time use applicators, or consumables, that must be replaced following
each treatment.
Minimally Invasive
BodyTite – The minimally invasive,
consumable Bodyrite handpiece, introduced in 2010, utilizes directional RF energy for
RFAL treatments using needle-size cannula and external electrodes to apply RF energy to the subcutaneous adipose tissue. The tissue is
heated to 50°C to 70°C to destroy fat and contract connective tissue, simultaneously remodeling the dermis at external temperatures
of up to 42°C. This handpiece allows tissue treatment using a 17cm cannula that provides treatment depth up to 50mm.
Facerite/NeckTite – The minimally
invasive, consumable FaceTite and NeckTite handpieces,
introduced in 2012, utilize directional RF energy for RFAL treatments using cannula with diameters of 1.8mm and 2.2mm and external electrodes
to apply RF energy to the subcutaneous adipose tissue. The tissue is heated to 50°C to 70°C to destroy fat and contract connective
tissue, simultaneously remodeling the dermis at external temperatures up to 42°C. This handpiece allows tissue treatment using a
10cm cannula that provides treatment depth up to 25mm.
44
AccuTite – The minimally invasive AccuTite handpiece,
introduced in 2019, utilizes directional RF energy for RFAL treatments using sub-millimeter cannula with diameters of 0.9mm and external
electrodes to apply RF energy to subcutaneous adipose tissue. The tissue is heated to 50°C to 70°C to destroy fat and contract
connective tissue, simultaneously remodeling the dermis at external temperatures of up to 42°C. This handpiece allows tissue treatment
using a 60mm cannula that provides treatment depth up to 25mm. Additionally, in 2019, we began marketing AccuTite for Aviva, a
minimally invasive procedure that restores the function and appearance of the vulva by offering a non-excisional alternative to a labiaplasty. Aviva is
powered by AccuTite to deliver safe and uniform heat to the entire soft tissue matrix
of the labia minora, labia majora, clitoral hood, vaginal introitus and perineal body.
Fractora – The minimally invasive Fractora handpiece,
introduced in 2011, uses customizable fractional energy and superficial fractional resurfacing for subdermal adipose tissue remodeling.
The handpiece offers two treatment depths (skin surface and subdermal) and is safe on all skin types including type IV. The consumable
applicator tip contains 24-coated pins with a length of up to 4mm.
Morpheus8/Morpehus8 Body/Morpheus8V –
The minimally invasive Morpheus8 and Morpheus8 Body handpieces use RF energy for subdermal
adipose tissue remodeling, which is programmable by the user according to treatment area. The handpieces offer treatment depth up to 7mm.
The upper part of the needle and external electrodes are coated with a polymer to prevent skin surface thermal damage while delivering
RF energy into the subdermal space.
Non-Invasive
BodyFX/MiniFX – The non-invasive BodyFX and
MiniFX handpieces, introduced in 2013, combine vacuum and bipolar RF energy with high and low
amplitudes to both permanently kill adipose tissue and contract the skin. The BodyFX handpiece,
intended for use on various parts of the body, comprises a vacuum cavity with a size of 1.36in x 1.2in. The MiniFX
handpiece, better suited to address problematic fatty tissue in smaller areas, comprises a vacuum cavity with a size of 1.24in x 0.87in.
DiolazeXL (810nm) – The non-invasive DiolazeXL
(810nm) handpiece, introduced in 2017, is a high-speed, gold standard 810nm (diode) laser indicated for permanent hair reduction. DiolazeXL’s differentiated
triple contact cooling technology (pre, parallel and post), or 3PC technology, provides for a safe and comfortable patient experience.
The handpiece covers a spot size of 12mm x 26mm to allow for the removal of a variety of hair colors and thickness. This handpiece offers
short and long pulse durations and repetition rates that enable treatment times up to 6cm2/second.
Triton Duo Light (755nm & 810nm) –
The non-invasive Triton Duo Light handpiece, introduced in 2017, combines two wavelengths
for optimal treatment of light skin patients. The handpiece utilizes a blend of 755nm (Alexandrite) and 810nm (diode) laser wavelengths
that have been optimized for hair removal on patients with skin types I to IV. We believe the Triton platform
is the only FDA-cleared device capable of firing two wavelengths in one pulse. The handpiece covers a spot size of 12mm x 26mm and provides
two pulse durations and high repetition rates.
Triton Duo Dark (810nm & 1064nm) –
The non-invasive Triton Duo Dark handpiece, introduced in 2017, combines two wavelengths
for optimal treatment of dark skin patients. The handpiece utilizes a blend of 810nm (diode) and 1064nm (Nd:YAG) laser wavelengths that
have been optimized for hair removal on patients with skin types Ito IV. We believe the Triton platform
is the only FDA-cleared device capable of firing two wavelengths in one pulse. The handpiece covers a spot size of 12mm x 26mm and provides
two pulse durations and high repetition rates.
Forma – The non-invasive Forma handpiece,
introduced in 2013, uses our ACE technology to deliver auto-adjusting uniform RF energy-generated heat (up to 43°C) for collagen
remodeling and skin contraction of the face and neck. We believe Forma is the first
thermal face and neck skin tightening device to have both temperature monitoring and automatic, user programmable, RF on/off control.
This handpiece has an RF energy output power of up to 65 watts and covers a spot size of 22mm x 20mm.
45
FormaV – The non-invasive FormaV
handpiece, introduced in 2017, uses our ACE technology to deliver auto-adjusting uniform RF energy generated heat (up to 43°C)
to vaginal tissue through a consumable applicator.
VTone – Intervaginal EMS device to
treat SUI and pelvic floor muscle restorations.
Plus – The non-invasive Plus handpiece,
introduced in 2013, uses our ACE technology to deliver auto-adjusting uniform RF generated heat (up to 43°C) for collagen remodeling
and skin contraction of the body. We believe Plus is the first thermal body skin tightening
device to have both temperature monitoring and automatic, user programmable, RF on/off control. This handpiece has an RF energy output
of up to 65 watts and covers a spot size of 45mm x 45mm.
Lumecca – The non-invasive Lumecca handpiece,
introduced in 2015, is an IPL handpiece optimized for both light and dark skin that uses a xenon flash lamp to deliver filtered optical
energy in the 515nm to 1200nm range for light skin treatment and 580nm to 1200nm range for darker skin. Lumecca is
intended for treatment of superficial vascular and pigmented lesions. The handpiece covers a spot size of 30mm x 10mm with a peak optical
power of 10,000 watts.
Vasculaze – The non-invasive Vasculaze handpiece,
introduced in 2018, is a 1064nm wavelength diode laser intended for use in the coagulation and hemostasis of benign vascular legions such
as, but not limited to, reticular leg veins, spider veins, hemangiomas, port wine stains and venous lakes. Vasculaze is
optimized with high peak power, strong contact cooling and an ergonomic head intended to maximize treatment efficiency. The handpiece
covers a spot size of 3mm x 4mm and has pulse duration of 20 to 100 milliseconds, or msec.
Hands-Free
Transform – The non-invasive Transform, introduced
in 2021, is a set of six hands-free applicators for the EvolveX platform. The mechanism
of action is a combination of Bipolar RF and EMS. The Transform is mounted on a belt
and works automatically without the assistance of a physician or technician.
Tite – The non-invasive Tite,
introduced in 2019, is a set of eight hands-free applicators for the EvolveX platform.
The mechanism of action is similar to the Plus handpiece. The Tite is
mounted on a belt for treatment of different body parts and areas without the assistance of a physician or technician.
Tone – The non-invasive Tone,
introduced in 2019, is a set of four hands-free electro-muscle stimulation applicators. The Tone is
designed to be used on the EvolveX platform for muscle stimulation and improving skin
tone.
Cheek – The non-invasive Cheek,
introduced in 2020, is a hands-free device containing eight applicators that is mounted on the face and designed to be used with the Evoke platform.
The mechanism of action is similar to the Forma handpiece, but works automatically on
both sides of the face without the assistance of a physician or technician.
Chin – The non-invasive Chin,
introduced in 2020, is a hands-free device containing two applicators that is mounted on the chin and designed to be used with the Evoke platform.
The mechanism of action is similar to the Forma handpiece, but works automatically on
the chin without the assistance of a physician or technician.
Proprietary Software
Our software permits the user to define treatment parameters to be communicated to the
electronic modules in the platform and deliver RF or optical energy through the handpiece or hands-free applicator to the patient. In
addition, our software controls and manages proper system performance and automatic temperature control, system self-calibration, system
setup and detection of any malfunction of the system. We believe our software’s automotive capabilities allow physicians to dedicate
their attention and focus to patient treatment rather than system monitoring. Our users upgrade their products through the purchase of
additional treatment applicators and corresponding software plugs. All of our software complies with applicable medical specifications
and regulations.
46
Applications and Procedures
Our products provide our customers with a broad range of applications among both traditional
procedures and emerging applications.
Face and Body Contouring
Minimally Invasive
Generally performed by a physician, RFAL delivers directional RF energy into a patient’s
subcutaneous fat to coagulate and liquefy adipose tissue and heat the subcutaneous fibrous septa, resulting in substantial collagen contraction
of the subdermal space. RF energy is delivered through an innovative handpiece comprised of two electrodes. The internal electrode is
inserted into the fat layer, while the other larger electrode is applied externally to the skin surface above the cannula tip. The internal
cannula passes through the subcutaneous fat, while the external electrode slides over the skin’s surface. The small conductive tip
of the cannula concentrates RF energy in the subcutaneous fat, liquefying it and simultaneously contracting the fiber septa. This liquefied
fat can then be removed from the body. Our RFAL technology can be administered on all regions of the body and typical treatments are approximately
30 to 90 minutes each under local anesthesia. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for our RFAL technology in 2016. Users conduct minimally
invasive face and body contouring using RFAL technology with the BodyTite and Embrace platforms
and BodyTite, FaceTite and AccuTite handpieces.
Generally performed by a physician, Deep Subdermal Fractional RF, delivers RF energy
into the subcutaneous adipose tissue to depths of up to 4mm through an array of coated needles producing localized heat and matrix of
small lesions in the subcutaneous fat. The heat generated by the pins in the subdermal tissue promotes connective tissue restructuring.
As a result, physicians can offer a versatile fractional treatment creating a three-dimensional collagen contraction and subdermal fat
coagulation. The deep fractional remodeling is used when fat layer is not thick enough to use RFAL technology or when patient wants only
superficial result. Deep Subdermal Fractional RF can be used for wrinkle reduction, skin tightening and treatment of cellulite appearance.
In addition to reshaping, Deep Subdermal Fractional RF provides long-term results for inflammatory acne by coagulating enlarged sebaceous
glands. The most common areas of treatment are the face and neck. Patients generally receive between one to three treatments for approximately
30 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced two to three weeks apart. We received two 510(k) FDA clearances for Fractora in
2011 and 2016, and 510(k) FDA clearance for the Morpheus8 in 2019. Customers use this
technology with the BodyTite, Embrace, Votiva and Optimas platforms.
Non-Invasive
Handpieces: Administered by physicians
and other aesthetic practitioners, our differentiated fat reduction solution is based on skin shaping using a vacuum and delivering both
low amplitude bipolar RF energy for gentle deep tissue heating and high amplitude RF energy to simultaneously kill fat and tighten skin.
The handpiece is placed over the desired area of the body and vacuum energy shapes the skin into the cavity for safe and effective RF
energy delivery allowing greater volumes of fat to be treated (up to 2.5cm in depth). Subsequently, temperature-controlled RF energy is
applied to preheat the tissue and fat uniformly to 42°C to 43°C. High amplitude RF energy delivered in ultra-short pulse duration
is then administered via electrodes causing apoptosis of adipose tissue and resulting in simultaneous skin contraction. Our technology
can be administered on all regions of the body. Patients generally receive six treatments for approximately 10 to 20 minutes each. Treatments
are typically spaced one to two weeks apart. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for this technology in 2013. Users conduct non-invasive
face and body contouring with the Contoura platform using the BodyFX
or MiniFX handpieces.
Hands-Free
Hands-Free Applicators: Applied by physicians
and other aesthetic practitioners, our differentiated skin tightening, fat reduction and muscle stimulation solution is based on bipolar
RF and EMS technologies, delivered through a set of hands-free applicators mounted or placed over the body or face. The setup of the parameters
is determined by a doctor. Subsequently, temperature-controlled RF energy is applied to preheat the tissue and fat uniformly to 42°C
to 43°C. High amplitude RF energy delivered in ultra-short pulse duration is then administered via electrodes causing apoptosis of
adipose tissue and resulting in simultaneous skin contraction. Our technology can be administered on all regions of the body and face.
Patients generally receive three to six treatments for approximately 30 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced one to two weeks
apart. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for the Evoke and Evolve in
2019. In 2021 we received 510(k) FDA clearance for the EvolveX which replace the Evolve platform. Users
conduct hands-free face and body contouring with the Evoke and EvolveX platforms
using the Transform, Tite and Tone hands-free
applicators for the EvolveX, and Cheek and Chin hands-free
applicators for the Evoke.
47
Medical Aesthetics
Skin Rejuvenation/Vascular & Pigmented Lesion Treatment
Generally performed by a physician or other aesthetic professional, different types
of energy and treatments are provided depending on the handpiece. The application of JPL energy enables the improvement of photo damage,
as well as other pigmented abnormalities and superficial vascular lesions. A 1064nm laser is used for the treatment of larger and deeper
veins. Patients often see results after a single treatment but typically two to three treatments of approximately 15 minutes each are
recommended. Treatments are typically spaced two to four weeks apart. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for superficial vascular and pigmented
lesion treatments in 2013 and for hair removal and permanent hair reduction in 2017 and 2018, respectively. Users rejuvenate the skin
with the Optimas platform using the Vasculaze and Lumecca handpieces.
Sub-Necrotic Thermal Tissue Remodeling
Administered by physicians and other aesthetic practitioners, the application is based
on uniform and deep heating of the skin and subdermal layer using bipolar RF energy. The handpiece is moved over the desired area of the
treatment area, while maintaining the designated temperature for the predetermined time for safe and effective collagen remodeling. Subsequently,
temperature-controlled RF energy is applied automatically to heat tissue uniformly to 42°C to 43°C. The Forma handpiece
is utilized to target fat and heats the tissue to depths of up to 4.5mm while the Plus handpiece
is used for larger body areas and provides effect up to 6mm in depth. Patients generally receive six treatments for approximately 10 to
20 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced one to two weeks apart. We received three 510(k) FDA clearances for this technology in
2014, 2016 and 2017. Users conduct facial treatment with the Optimas platform using
the Forma handpiece and body contouring with the Contoura platform using the Plus handpiece.
Permanent Hair Reduction
Administered by a user, who is not necessarily a physician, our differentiated dual
wavelength technology incorporated in the Triton platform fires two wavelengths in a
single pulse destroying the hair follicles located in the dermis and subdermal layers. This procedure is continued over the target area
and can last from a few minutes to 90 minutes depending on the size of the treatment area. In general, permanent hair reduction requires
four to six treatments spaced four to eight weeks apart. More sessions may be required for stubborn hairs. Due to our unique dual wavelength
technology, our Triton platform allows practitioners to address all skin types and tones.
We received 510(k) FDA clearance for our Optimas and dual wavelength Triton platforms
for permanent hair reduction treatments in 2016 and 2018, respectively. Users perform permanent hair reduction procedures with our Optimas and Triton platforms
using the DiolazeXL and Triton Duo Light and Triton
Duo Dark handpieces, respectively.
Women’s Health
We have two platforms for women’s health: the Votiva
and the EmpowerRF. Procedures with these platforms are performed by a physician. Depending on
the handpiece, the administration of bipolar RF energy or subdermal heating is applied to gently warm and massage the internal vaginal
tissue (FormaV), the external vaginal tissue (Morpheus8V), or
to deliver uniform heat to the entire soft tissue matrix of the labia minora, labia majora, clitoral hood, vaginal introitus and perineal
body (Aviva procedure administered by the AccuTite handpiece),
and pelvic floor muscle restoration (with VTone). Depending on the treatment type, patients typically
receive between two to three treatments of approximately 15 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced two to three weeks apart. We
received 510(k) FDA clearance for FormaV for certain indications in 2017. In July 2018,
we received a letter from the FDA seeking information as to the regulatory basis for marketing of our FormaV handpiece
based on our promotion and labeling of this device for use in certain women’s health conditions and procedures. We timely responded
to the FDA by immediately altering the wording of our promotional and labeling materials, and we submitted a response letter in August
2018 answering the FDA’s questions and advising the agency that we had modified our promotional and labeling materials to remove
certain statements regarding uses of our products for conditions and procedures that were questioned by the FDA in the agency’s
informational request letter. The FDA responded in September 2018 by stating that the agency had reviewed our response letter and verified
the changes in terminology made to our website. Moreover, the FDA further responded in November 2018 and confirmed we addressed all items
raised by the agency in its letter, and that the FDA continues to expect us to conduct a review of our marketing and promotional materials
to make appropriate changes and remove materials containing uncleared claims. We have received no further communications from the agency
regarding this matter.
48
Sales and Marketing
Our primary strategy to increase market penetration relies on selling directly to our
traditional customer base of plastic and facial surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, dermatologists and OB/GYNs. We believe we are the only company
commercializing minimally invasive aesthetic solutions specifically targeting the surgical community and believe our products represent
a significant opportunity for these practitioners to deliver improved patient treatment results and significantly increase their ability
to generate additional revenue. We are also targeting newer market opportunities consisting of OB/GYNs, ENTs, ophthalmologists, general
practitioners and aesthetic clinicians as an incremental growth opportunity.
We target potential customers through office visits, trade shows, professional journals
and various forms of paid and unpaid media. We also conduct clinical workshops featuring recognized expert panelists and key opinion leaders
to promote existing and new treatment techniques using our products. We believe that these workshops enhance customer loyalty and provide
us with new sales opportunities. We plan to continue to offer a large number of workshops spanning from single-day workshops to three-day
workshops. We also use direct mail programs to target specific segments of the market that we seek to access, such as members of medical
societies and attendees at meetings sponsored by medical societies or associations. In addition, we maintain an active public relations
program that has resulted in treatments based on our products being featured in various televised and printed media outlets including InStyle,
Shape, The Doctors and Harper’s Bazaar. In August 2019, international
pop icon, Paula Abdul, agreed to join us as our brand ambassador to share her positive experience with our BodyTite, FaceTite and Morpheus8 technologies.
We currently sell and market our products in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom,
Spain, France, Italy, Australia and India, through a direct sales force of approximately 170 representatives. We also sell and market
our products through 49 distributors in 61 countries. Our U.S. sales efforts are headquartered in Irvine, California. To support the continued
roll-out of our products and further penetrate the market, we anticipate that our direct salesforce in the United States will continue
to increase.
In international markets, to complement our direct sales force in Canada, the United
Kingdom, Spain, France, Italy, Australia and India, we sell our products through a network of distributors. Our Canadian sales efforts
are headquartered in Toronto, Canada. As of December 31, 2021, we had an international sales management team of seven employees supporting
49 independent distributors. The percentage of our revenues from customers located outside of the United States for the years ended December
31, 2021 and 2020 was 34% and 27%, respectively. We intend to continue to increase penetration of our customer base in international markets
and expand into attractive new international markets, including within Canada, the United Kingdom, Spain, France, Italy, Australia and
India, by identifying and training qualified distributors. In addition, we may opportunistically hire a direct sales force and expand
our marketing campaigns in select international markets. We require our distributors to provide customer training, to invest in equipment
and marketing, and to attend certain exhibitions and industry meetings.
Service and Support
We support our customers with a range of services, including installation and product
training, business and practice development consulting and product service and maintenance. In connection with the direct sales of our
products, we arrange for the installation of the system and initial product training. In the United States, our dedicated sales representatives
install our systems and our clinical support staff provides customer training. Outside of the United States, our trained third-party distributors
install our systems and provide training. The cost of installation and initial training are all included in the purchase price of our
systems.
49
We service our products in three service centers: (1) the U.S. market is serviced through
our facility in Irvine, California, (2) the Canadian market is serviced through our facility in Toronto, Canada, and (3) the rest of the
world is serviced through our distributors and our facility in Yokneam, Israel. In the event of a technical malfunction, our customers
first contact us (if in the United States or Canada) or our distributors (if outside of the United States or Canada) telephonically. If
a product requires service or repair that cannot be addressed telephonically, we or our distributors ship a temporary “loaner”
system to the customer as soon as possible, often overnight. This unique “loaner” system reduces any product downtime and
associated lost revenues for the physician. We then arrange for shipment of the defective product to one of our service centers in the
United States or Canada. Outside the United States or Canada, the product is sent to our distributors or our facility in Israel. Either
we or our distributors quickly repair the faulty product and ship it back to the customer. We have designed our products in a light-weight,
modular fashion to enable quick and efficient service and support. Specifically, we build our platforms to be less than 35 kilograms in
weight to ensure acceptance by traditional, commercial third-party logistics providers for next-day delivery of replacement products without
requiring specialized shipping procedures. We believe our depot service and support model provides for more efficient and less costly
operations.
Our standard warranty term is 12 months, however, many of our products are sold with
multi-year warranties. Our standard warranty covers parts, labor, participation in our loaner program and a white glove, door-to-door,
shipping service for expedited repair service, and can be extended for an additional charge. We believe that we have a significant opportunity
to increase our recurring customer revenue by increasing the number of our customers that enter into service contracts and extended warranties
for our systems. All of our distributors have a service department and are required by us to maintain a full inventory of spare parts.
All service staff is trained by our service department in Israel.
Manufacturing and Supply
We rely primarily on outsourced manufacturing to produce our devices while maintaining
control over the production process. Outsourcing allows us to carry low inventory levels and maintain fixed unit costs without incurring
significant capital expenditures. We outsource almost all of the manufacturing of our products to three subcontractors located in Israel,
two of which we are substantially dependent on as part of our business. Through our strategic arrangement with Flextronics (Israel) Ltd.,
or Flex, and (BY) Medimor Ltd., or Medimor, we maintain dedicated manufacturing lines supervised by us in Flex and Medimor’s medical-grade
manufacturing facilities in Migdal Haemek and Poriya, Israel. Within the Flex and Medimor facilities, all proprietary manufacturing, testing
and assembly equipment has been built and is owned by us. We also use a separate manufacturer in addition to Flex and Medimor to produce
our handpieces and disposables.
We believe our outsourced manufacturers’ processes comply with all applicable
U.S. and international quality and safety standards, such as ISO 13485:2016, CE and the FDA quality system regulations. We conduct in-house
prototype development and present detailed manufacturing documents to our subcontractors, who then purchase most of the necessary components
and manufacture the product. These manufacturing subcontractors provide us fully assembled, or “turn-key,” services. We control
and monitor the quality of our products by having one of our quality control employees at each of our subcontractor’s facilities.
The contracts we have with our
main manufacturing subcontractors (Flex and Medimor) do not have minimum purchase requirements and allow us to purchase end products entered
into on a purchase order basis. Under these contracts, our manufacturing subcontractors provide manufacturing services pursuant to our
written specifications. These manufacturing services include labor, materials, testing, packaging and delivery, as well as allocating
production and storage space within their facilities for our products. Pricing under these contracts are reviewed between us and the manufacturing
subcontractors every three months. These contracts typically have one-year terms that automatically renew for successive one-year terms
unless either we or the manufacturing subcontractor provide three months written notice prior to the expiration of the term. To date,
we have not experienced any significant manufacturing delays. These contracts can be terminated by either party, without cause, with four
to six months prior written notice.
50
We manufacture all laser and IPL handpieces in our facility in Yokneam, Israel and procure
other major components of our products on behalf of our third-party manufacturers from a limited number of suppliers. We have flexibility
to adjust the number of lasers and other components that we either manufacture or procure as well as the delivery schedules. The forecasts
that we use are based on historical demands and expected future plans. Lead times may vary significantly depending on the size of the
order, time required to fabricate and test the components, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the components.
We intend to reduce any potential for delays of supply by maintaining relationships with multiple suppliers of major components. To date,
we have not experienced significant delays in obtaining our major components.
In November 2019, we signed a Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement, or the SPA,
with Medimor, one of our turnkey manufacturing subcontractors. Pursuant to the SPA, we have invested an aggregate of $600,000, in
consideration for 1,369,863 ordinary shares of Medimor (which reflected a 10.34% ownership interest in Medimor at the signing date, on
a fully diluted basis), at a price per share of $0.438, of which 414,384 ordinary shares were issued upon consummation of the initial
closing on December 31, 2019, and the remaining 955,479 ordinary shares were issued in July 2020 following Medimor achieving certain pre-defined
milestone events.
Research and Development
Our research and development activities are conducted internally by a team of 25 research
and development staff based mainly in Israel. Our research and development efforts are focused on the development of new products, as
well as on the extension of our existing products to introduce new applications in the minimally and non-invasive and medical aesthetic
markets. We expect to concentrate our research and development efforts in the coming years on developing procedures and platforms based
on our proprietary technologies: (i) RFAL, (ii) Deep Subdermal Fractional RF, (iii) Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening,
and (iv) Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling, and developing new technologies. We have a number of new projects and products under development,
mainly focusing on additional minimally and non-invasive aesthetic and medical treatments.
Our research and development expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020 were approximately $9.5 million and $9.5 million, respectively.
Seasonality
Our business is not significantly impacted by seasonality; however, our fourth quarter
has historically generated slightly stronger operating results. We have historically experienced stronger sales in the fourth quarter
in correlation with our customers’ spending patterns and budget cycles. Most physicians operate on an annual budget cycle with a
fiscal year that begins on January 1. It is not uncommon to experience a higher level of purchasing activity from physicians in the final
months and weeks of their fiscal year. Consequently, our fourth quarter revenues may be greater than other quarters. Our business is also
impacted by general economic conditions, which may impact future seasonal variations.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and copyright laws to protect our intellectual
property rights.
Patents and Patent Applications
As of February 10, 2022, we own six issued U.S. patents and one issued Korean patent.
As of February 10, 2022, we have filed fourteen patent applications that are pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
Out of those applications, one was filed also under The Patent Cooperation Treaty and one in Europe. Our issued U.S. patents are projected
to expire between 2027 and 2038 (assuming pending U.S. patent applications are approved). These patents and patent applications cover
the technologies described herein, and contribute to the protection of our rights to our proprietary technology. Our patents relate to
radio frequency (RF) based technology that may be used for minimally invasive aesthetic solutions, such as fat destruction, and fractional
skin ablation relating to skin tightening and fat destruction, among others, and cover our existing products. Without these patents, we
cannot guarantee that we can prevent others from manufacturing similar products that are covered by our patent rights. We also rely on
our issued patents to make, use, sell, and distribute our products. The term of the patents depends on the legal term for patents in the
countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest
claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in the applicable country. We also rely upon trademarks in various jurisdictions
covering the InMode brand and our product lines, as well as upon U.S. copyright law for protection of the software programs associated
with our products.
51
We cannot assure you that patents will issue from any of our pending applications or
that, if patents issue, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection for our technology. Our policy is
to obtain patents and to seek to operate without infringing on the intellectual property rights of third parties. Loss or invalidation
of our patents, or a finding of unenforceability or limitation of scope of our patents, could have a material adverse effect on us. The
patent position of many inventions in the areas related to our business is highly uncertain, involves many complex legal, factual and
technical issues and has recently been the subject of litigation industry-wide. There is no certainty in predicting the breadth of allowable
patent claims or the degree of protection afforded under any issued patents.
Notwithstanding the scope of the patent protection available to us, a competitor could
develop treatment methods or devices that are not covered by our patents. Furthermore, numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and patent
applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing products. Because patent applications can take many
years to issue, there may be applications unknown to us, which applications may later result in issued patents that our existing or future
products or proprietary technologies may be alleged to infringe. Third parties may also obtain patents that we may need to license from
them in order to conduct our business.
It is possible that patents issued to us will be successfully challenged or that patents
issued to others may preclude us from commercializing our products under development. Litigation to establish or challenge the validity
of patents, to defend against infringement, unenforceability or invalidity claims or to assert infringement, invalidity or unenforceability
claims against others, if required, can be lengthy and expensive, and may result in determinations materially adverse to us. We cannot
assure you that the products currently marketed or under development by us will not be found to infringe patents issued or licensed to
others.
Patent Litigation
We have received, and we may in the future receive, allegations from third parties contending
that we are infringing their patents. If such third parties were to commence infringement suits against us, and such third-party patents
were found by a court to be valid, enforceable and infringed upon by us, then we could be required to pay damages and/or make royalty
payments, and we could also be enjoined from continuing the infringing activity. Depending on the nature of the patent found to be infringed
upon by us, a court order requiring us to cease such infringement could have a material adverse effect on us. We might be unable to design
around such patents or continue offering the products or services found to be infringing, or we could suffer other adverse consequences.
In January 2016, Syneron filed a claim with the United States District Court for the
Central District of California against our U.S. and Israeli subsidiaries alleging that certain of our products infringed four U.S. patents
owned by Syneron. In September 2018, the court granted summary judgment and ruled in our favor on all claims asserted against us related
to the intellectual property in dispute. In April 2018, Syneron and Candela Corporation, or Syneron-Candela, filed claims with the International
Trade Commission and with Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH, in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts
against our U.S. and Israeli subsidiaries, alleging that our fractional RF products infringed two U.S. patents owned by Syneron-Candela
and MGH that purport to cover systems and methods for treating skin and arranging electrodes on skin therapy devices. In January 2019,
we entered into a settlement agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that resolved all patent claims previously in dispute in exchange
for a one-time cash payment that we made to Syneron-Candela and MGH in February 2019. As part of such settlement agreement, we entered
into a sublicense agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that granted us and our affiliates a fully paid non-exclusive, royalty-free worldwide
sublicense to practice the patents and applications previously in dispute in the licensed field. The sublicense shall continue until the
expiration of the last surviving patent or application granted pursuant to the sublicense agreement.
On March 16, 2021 we filed a complaint with the United States International Trade Commission
(“ITC”) alleging ILOODA's fractional radio frequency (“RF”) microneedling system, distributed in the United States
by Cutera, Inc., infringes on our U.S. Patent No. 10,799,285. Additionally, we requested that the ITC investigate ILOODA's infringing
imports and issue an exclusion order to bar importation of ILOODA’s microneedling system. On November 22, 2021 we reached a settlement
agreement with ILOODA and, accordingly, filed an agreed motion to terminate the investigation.
52
Although we may try to resolve any potential future claims or actions, we may not be
able to do so on reasonable terms, if at all. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive
and time-consuming to litigate, and could divert management’s attention from our core business. If we lose this kind of litigation,
a court could require us to pay substantial damages and could prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, either of
which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 3. Key Information
- D. Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property -- If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive
position could be harmed. Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology.”
Copyrights, Trademarks and Trade Secrets
The software programs associated with our products are protected by U.S. copyright law.
We also filed for protection available under trademark law. As of December 31, 2021,
we own 12 registered trademarks in the United States and we own at least 33 registered trademarks in various jurisdictions outside the
United States, including for the marks “InMode” and “RFAL” and certain key product names, in particular, BodyTite,
Contoura by InMode, FaceTite, InMode, Optimas by InMode,
Triton by InMode, Votiva by InMode,
Triton by InMode, AccuTite, Morpheus, BodyFX, Diolaze, Fractora and Lumecca. We
also have at least 18 pending foreign trademark applications. We also have 4 trademark applications in the United States pending for “EmpowerRF
by InMode”, “EnvisionRF by InMode”, “SARD” and “Evoke.”
We also rely upon know-how and continuing technological innovation, and may pursue licensing
opportunities in the future, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety
of methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others
who may have access to proprietary information, under which they are bound to assign to us inventions made during the term of their employment
or term of service.
All professional employees and technical consultants are required to execute confidentiality
agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign
to us all inventions conceived in connection with their services to us. However, there can be no assurance that these confidentiality
and invention assignment agreements will be enforceable or that they will provide us with adequate protection.
Competition
Our industry is subject to intense competition, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive
to the introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants. We compete against products offered by public
companies, including Allergan plc, Cutera, Inc., Apyx Medical Corporation, Venus Concept Inc., Sisram Medical Ltd. and Viveve Medical,
Inc., as well as by private companies, such as Cynosure LLC (formerly Cynosure Inc.), Lumenis Ltd., BTL Aesthetics, Inc. and Candela Medical
Inc. In the past few years, several large pharmaceutical and medical device companies have also entered the aesthetic device market, including
Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc. and Merz Pharma Group. Our products compete against conventional medical products, including
Botox, hyaluronic acid injections and collagen injections, and aesthetic procedures, such as face lifts, liposuction, sclerotherapy, electrolysis,
chemical peels and microdermabrasion, that are unrelated to laser, light and RF-based technologies. Our products also compete against
laser and other light and radio frequency-based products.
Competition among providers of laser and other light and radio frequency-based products
for the aesthetic medical market is characterized by extensive research efforts and rapid technological progress. While we attempt to
protect our products through patents and other intellectual property rights, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants
or existing competitors from developing products that would compete directly with ours. There are many companies, both public and private,
that are developing innovative devices that use laser and other energy-based and alternative technologies. Many of these competitors have
significantly greater financial and human resources than we do and have established reputations, greater brand name recognition, broader
product lines, and larger customer bases, as well as worldwide distribution channels that are more effective than ours. Additional competitors
may enter the market, and we are likely to compete with new companies in the future. Any business combinations or mergers among our competitors
that result in larger competitors with greater resources or distribution networks, or the acquisition of a competitor by a major medical
or technology corporation seeking to enter this business, could further result in increased competition.
53
To compete effectively, we have to demonstrate that our products are attractive alternatives
to other devices and treatments by differentiating our products on the basis of performance, brand name, reputation and price. We have
encountered and expect to continue to encounter potential customers who, due to existing relationships with our competitors, are committed
to, or prefer the products offered by, these competitors. We expect that competitive pressures may over time result in price reductions
and reduced margins for our products.
Other medical companies, academic and research institutions, or others, may develop
new technologies or therapies, including medical devices, surgical procedures or pharmacological treatments and obtain regulatory approval
for products utilizing such techniques that are more effective in treating the conditions that we target or are less expensive than our
current or future products. Our technologies and products could be rendered obsolete by such developments.
Government Regulation
Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the
relevant governmental authorities in the countries where we market and sell or products. These governmental authorities include the FDA,
which enforces, the FDCA as well as other similar laws, and regulatory bodies worldwide. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission, or
FTC, regulates the advertising of our products in the United States. Further, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and
abuse, which subject our sales and marketing, training and other practices to government scrutiny.
In some jurisdictions, such as the United States, Canada, South Korea and Israel, we
must complete an application process with the relevant regulator, which includes submitting the results of clinical trials for their review.
In other jurisdictions, such as the European Union and certain countries in Asia, we are required to self-certify that our devices meet
the applicable standards (which may include the completion of satisfactory clinical trials) but without the requirement of a formal application
with, or prior review of clinical trials by, the relevant regulatory body.
In addition to the requirements regarding product clearance, many countries also impose
product standards, packaging requirements, environmental requirements, labeling requirements and import and export restrictions on our
devices. Each country also has its own tariff regulations, duties and tax requirements. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements
may result in fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions, criminal
prosecution, or other consequences.
In the United States, the FDCA and its implementing regulations govern the following
activities that we perform and will continue to perform to help ensure that medical products distributed within the United States are
safe and effective for their intended uses:
| • |
product design and development; |
| • |
product testing; |
| • |
product manufacturing; |
| • |
product safety; |
| • |
product labeling; |
54
| • |
product storage; |
| • |
record-keeping; |
| • |
premarket clearance or approval; |
| • |
advertising and promotion; |
| • |
manufacturing and production; |
| • |
product sales and distribution; |
| • |
import, export and shipping; |
| • |
establishment registration and device listing; and |
| • |
recalls, field-safety corrective actions and post-market surveillance. |
Each of our currently marketed products has received 510(k) clearance for the uses for
which they are being marketed.
FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements
Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute
in the United States requires 510(k) clearance or premarket approval. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes --
Class I, Class II or Class III -- depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and
regulatory control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those
for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s General Controls for medical devices, which include
compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and
truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General
Controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls
can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents. While most Class I devices
are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA
a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s
permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. All
of our current products are Class II devices subject to the 510(k) clearance requirements.
Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting
or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent
to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA. Some pre-amendment
devices are unclassified, but are subject to the FDA’s premarket notification and clearance process in order to be commercially
distributed.
510(k) Clearance Pathway
When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a premarket notification demonstrating
that our proposed device is “substantially equivalent,” as defined in the statute, to a previously cleared 510(k) device or
a device that was in commercial distribution in the United States before May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments
of 1976 were enacted, for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of premarket approval applications.
After a 510(k) premarket notification is submitted, the FDA determines whether to accept
it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary information for substantive review, the FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification.
If it is accepted for filing, the FDA begins a substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k)
notification within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical matter, if the FDA requires additional information, clearance
often takes far longer, and clearance is never assured. Although most 510(k) premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data,
the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may
significantly prolong the review process. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially
market the device.
55
If the FDA determines that the device is not “substantially equivalent”
to a predicate device, or if the device is automatically classified into Class III, the device sponsor must then fulfill the much more
rigorous premarketing requirements of the PMA approval process, or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. A
manufacturer can also submit a petition for direct de novo review if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device
and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk.
After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly
affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance
or, depending on the modification, could require a PMA application or de novo classification.
The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance,
but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. Many minor modifications are accomplished
by a letter-to-file in which the manufacture documents the change in an internal letter-to-file. The letter-to-file is in lieu of submitting
a new 510(k) to obtain clearance for such change. The FDA can always review these letters to file in an inspection. If the FDA disagrees
with a manufacturer’s determination regarding whether a new premarket submission is required for the modification of an existing
device, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of
a PMA is obtained. In addition, in these circumstances, the FDA can impose significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit
the requisite PMA(s).
Over the last several years, the FDA has proposed reforms to its 510(k) clearance process,
and such proposals could include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period, or could make it more difficult
for manufacturers to utilize the 510(k) clearance process for their products. For example, in November 2018, FDA officials announced forthcoming
steps that the FDA intends to take to modernize the premarket notification pathway under Section 510(k) of the FFDCA. Among other things,
the FDA announced that it planned to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the use of newer predicates.
These proposals included plans to potentially sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the 510(k) clearance pathway
and to potentially publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence to predicate
devices that are more than 10 years old. In May 2019, the FDA solicited public feedback on these proposals. These proposals have not yet
been finalized or adopted, and the FDA may work with Congress to implement such proposals through legislation.
In September 2019, the FDA finalized guidance describing an optional “safety and
performance based” premarket review pathway for manufacturers of “certain, well-understood device types” to demonstrate
substantial equivalence under the 510(k) clearance pathway by showing that such device meets objective safety and performance criteria
established by the FDA, thereby obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical devices to
specific predicate devices in the clearance process. The FDA maintains a list of device types appropriate for the “safety and performance
based” pathway and will continue to develop product-specific guidance documents that identify the performance criteria for each
such device type, as well as the testing methods recommended in the guidance documents, where feasible.
Laser devices used for aesthetic procedures, such as hair removal, have generally qualified
for clearance under 510(k) procedures.
56
The table below presents the specific FDA 510(k) clearances, dates and summary of cleared
indications for our BodyTite (Inmode RF), Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, Morpheus8
EvolveX and Evoke platforms
|
Product Platform
|
Energy
Source |
Handpiece
|
FDA
510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications |
|
InMode RF Multi Platform
– Contoura |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Forma(Plus),
Plus90,
Plus(Plus-Plus)
BodyFX,
MiniFX,
Wmface,
Fractora
24 pins tip
Fractora
60 pins tip
Morpheus8
24 Pin
Applicator
Morpheus8
40
Pin treatment
tip
• Morpheus8
12 Pin
treatment
tip
• Morpheus8
T Pin
treatment
tip |
K201150 (07/21/2020)
The InMode RF Multi-System with the Non-invasive
RF Applicators employs RF energy for various applications:
•
Forma (Plus), Plus (Plus Plus) and Plus90 for relief of minor muscle aches and
pain, relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation.
•
WMface is intended for use in dermatologic procedures for non-invasive treatment
of mild to moderate facial wrinkles and rhytids.
•
BodyFX™ (WMBody)/MiniFX™ for relief of minor muscle aches and pain,
relief of muscle spasm, temporary improvement of local blood circulation and temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite.
The InMode RF Multi-System with the Fractional
Applicators employs RF energy for various applications:
•
Fractora Applicator with 60 pins tip is designed for use in dermatological procedures
requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin.
•
Fractora Applicator with 24 pins tip is intended for use in dermatological and
general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62mJ/pin, use of the applicator
is limited to skin types I-IV.
•
Morpheus8™ for dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation
and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62mJ/pin, use of the applicator is limited to skin types I-IV.
|
|
Inmode |
Powered muscle stimulator |
Tone
|
K192249 (12/17/2019)
The Evolve platform
is used in EMS mode for:
•
prevention or retardation of disuse atrophy;
•
maintaining or increasing range of motion;
•
muscle re-education;
•
relaxation of muscle spasms;
•
increasing local blood circulation; and
•
immediate postsurgical stimulation of calf muscles to prevent venous thrombosis.
And in TENS mode for:
•
symptomatic relief and management of chronic, intractable pain;
•
post-surgical acute pain; and
•
post-traumatic acute pain. |
57
|
Product
Platform |
Energy
Source |
Handpiece
|
FDA
510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications |
|
InMode
|
Powered muscle stimulator |
vTone |
K200293 (05/05/2020)
The InMode System with the vTone Applicator
is intended to provide electrical stimulation and neuromuscular re-education for the purpose of rehabilitation of weak pelvic floor muscles
for the treatment of stress, urge, and mixed urinary incontinence in women. |
|
EmFace
(Evoke) |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Cheek
Chin |
K191855 (10/29/2019)
The EmFace (Evoke)
device with the Cheek and Chin applicators
is indicated for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local
blood circulation. |
|
EmBody
(Evolve) |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
EMBodyPlus –
Tite
EmBodyFX – Trim
|
K183450 (06/20/2019)
The EmBody
(Evolve) platform with its designated applicators is intended for the treatment of the following medical conditions:
The EmBodyPlus
(Tite) hands-fee applicator is intended for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle
spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation.
The EmBodyFX(Tite) hands-free
applicator is intended for the treatment of the following medical conditions using RF combined with massage:
•
relief of minor muscle aches and pain, relief of muscle spasm, and temporary
improvement of local blood circulation; and
•
temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite. |
|
InMode RF / BodyTite / EmbraceRF
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Bodyrite minimally
invasive handpiece for thick body areas (>20mm) |
K171593 (10/10/2017)
The InMode
RFIBodyTitel EmbraceRF platform with the minimally invasive Bodyrite handpiece
for thick body areas is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis.
|
58
|
Product
Platform |
Energy
Source |
Handpiece
|
FDA
510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications |
|
InMode RF / Bodyrite / EmbraceRF
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Bodyrite minimally
invasive handpiece for thin body areas (<20mm) or for large specialty areas |
K163190 (12/12/2016)
The InMode
RFIBodyTitel EmbraceRF platform with the minimally invasive Bodyrite handpiece
for thin body and large specialty areas is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation
and hemostasis. |
|
InMode RF / EmbraceRF
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
FaceTite |
K151793 (02/19/2016)
The InMode
RF/EmbraceRF platform with the FaceTite handpiece is indicated for use in
dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. |
|
Optimas / InMode RF
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Fractora (60
pin tip) |
K102461 (06/02/2011)
The Optimas/InMode RF
platform with the Fractora 60 pin tip handpiece is indicated for use in dermatological
procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin. |
|
Optimas / InMode
RF / EmbraceRF |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Fractora (24
pin tip) FractoraV |
K151273 (01/04/2016)
The OptimaslInMode
RFI EmbraceRF platform with the Fractora 24 pin tip handpiece is indicated
for use in dermatologic and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. |
|
Optimas |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Morpheus8 |
K180189 (06/01/2018)
The Optimas platform
with the Morpheus8 handpiece is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical
procedures for electrocoagulation and homeostasis. |
|
InMode RF |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Morpheus8 24 Pin Applicator
Morpheus8 40 Pin treatment
tip (New tip)
• Morpheus8
12 Pin treatment tip (New tip)
• Morpheus8
T Pin treatment tip (New tip)
(maximal treatment depth
4.00 mm) |
K192695 (12/27/2019)
The InMode System with the Morpheus8 (Fractora) Applicators
is intended for use in dermatological procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62 mJ/pin,
use of the Morpheus8 (Fractora) Applicator is limited to Skin Types I-IV. |
|
InMode |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Morpheus8 24 Pin Applicator
Morpheus8 40 Pin treatment
tip (New tip)
• Morpheus8
12 Pin treatment tip (New tip)
• Morpheus8
T Pin treatment tip (New tip)
maximal treatment
depth 7.00 mm) |
K200947 (06/12/2020)
The InMode System with the Morpheus8 Applicators
is intended for use in dermatological procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62 mJ/pin,
use of the Morpheus8 (Fractora) Applicator is limited to Skin Types I-IV. |
59
|
EmBody (Evolve) |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Tone |
K201285 (03/05/2021)
The EmBody (Evolve) platform with its designated
applicators is intended for the treatment of the following medical conditions:
The EmBody (Evolve) System with Tone Applicator is designed
to operate in two modes – EMS and TENS.
In EMS mode it is used for:
• Relaxation
of muscle spasms
• Prevention
or retardation of disuse atrophy
• Increasing
local blood circulation
• Muscle
re-education
• Maintaining
or increasing range of motion
• Immediate
postsurgical stimulation of calf muscles to
prevent
venous thrombosis
And in TENS mode is intended for:
• Symptomatic
relief and management of chronic,
intractable
pain
• Post-surgical
acute pain
• Post-trauma
acute pain
|
|
EmBody (Evolve) |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
EMBodyPlus – Tite
T3-Transform |
K210877 (07/19/2021)
The EvolveX System with the T3 Applicator employs RF technology
or EMS-TENS technology for the treatment of selected medical conditions.
The T3 Applicator in RF mode is intended for the temporary
relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation.
The T3 Applicator in EMS mode is intended for:
• Relaxation
of muscle spasms
• Prevention
or retardation of disuse atrophy
• Increasing
local blood circulation
• Muscle
re-education
• Maintaining
or increasing range of motion
• Immediate
postsurgical stimulation of calf muscles to
prevent
venous thrombosis
The T3 Applicator in TENS mode is intended for:
• Symptomatic
relief and management of chronic,
intractable
pain
• Post-surgical
acute pain
• Post-trauma
acute pain
The RF treatment mode and EMS/TENS mode should not be used
in combination or sequentially. |
|
InMode RF Pro Platform – Empower
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
i-Forma
Forma(Plus), Plus90,
Plus(Plus-Plus)
BodyFX,
MiniFX,
Wmface,
Fractora 24 pins tip
Fractora 60 pins tip
Morpheus8 24 Pin
Applicator
Morpheus8 40
Pin treatment tip
• Morpheus8
12 Pin
treatment tip
• Morpheus8
T Pin
treatment tip |
K201150 (07/21/2021)
The InMode RF Pro System with the Non-invasive RF Applicators
employs RF energy for various applications:
• i-Forma,
Forma (Plus), Plus (Plus Plus) and Plus90 for relief of minor muscle aches and pain, relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement
of local blood circulation.
• WMface
is intended for use in dermatologic procedures for non-invasive treatment of mild to moderate facial wrinkles and rhytids.
• BodyFX™
(WMBody)/MiniFX™ for relief of minor muscle aches and pain, relief of muscle spasm, temporary improvement of local blood circulation
and temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite.
The InMode RF Multi-System with the Fractional Applicators
employs RF energy for various applications:
• Fractora
Applicator with 60 pins tip is designed for use in dermatological procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin.
• Fractora
Applicator with 24 pins tip is intended for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis.
At higher energy levels greater than 62mJ/pin, use of the applicator is limited to skin types I-IV.
• Morpheus8™
for dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62mJ/pin,
use of the applicator is limited to skin types I-IV.
|
60
|
Product
Platform |
Energy
Source |
Handpiece
|
FDA
510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications |
|
InMode RF / EmbraceRF
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
AccuTite |
K182325 (08/27/2018)
The InMode
RFI EmbraceRF platform with the AccuTite handpiece is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures
for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. |
|
Contoura / Optimas
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
Plus
Plus90
Plus-Plus |
K172302 (12/08/2017)
The Contoura/Optimas platform
with the Forma Plus, Plus90, Plus-Plus handpieces
is indicated for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local
blood circulation. |
|
Optimas |
Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) |
Lumecca 515
Lumecca 580
|
K123860 (04/02/2013)
The Optimas platform
with the Lumecca 515 and Lumecca 580 handpieces
is indicated for:
•
the treatment of benign pigmented epidermal lesions, including dyschrornia, hyperpigmentation,
melasma, ephelides (freckles); and
•
the treatment of benign cutaneous vascular lesions, including port wine stains,
facial truncal and leg telangiectasias, rosacea, erythema of rosacea, angiomas and spider angiomas, poikilodenna of civatte, superficial
leg veins and venous malformations. |
|
Triton / Optimas
|
Laser |
DiolazeXL |
K170738 (08/07/2017)
The Triton/Optimas platform
with the DiolazeXL handpiece is indicated for hair removal and permanent hair reduction
defined as stable, long-term reduction in hair counts at six, nine or 12 months following a treatment regime. |
|
Triton / Optimas
|
Powered Laser |
Vasculaze |
K173677 (02/23/2018)
The Triton/Optimas platform
with the Vasculaze handpiece is indicated for the treatment of vascular lesions, including
angiomas, hemangiomas, telangiectasia, port wine stains, leg veins and other benign vascular lesions. |
|
Votiva |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
FormaV |
f (07/12/2016)*
The InMode
Plus90 (Votiva) platform with the Forma Vhandpiece is indicated for the
temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation.
|
61
|
Product
Platform |
Energy
Source |
Handpiece
|
FDA
510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications |
|
Contoura / Optimas
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
BodyFX |
K131362 (10/08/2013)
The Contoura/Optimas platform
with the BodyFX handpiece is indicated for the treatment of:
•
relief of minor muscle aches and pains, muscle spasms and temporary improvement
of blood circulation; and
•
temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite. |
|
Contoura / Optimas
|
Radiofrequency (RF) |
MiniFX |
K160329 (08/19/2016)
The Contoura/Optimas platform
with the MiniFX handpiece is indicated for the treatment of:
•
relief of minor muscle aches and pain, muscle spasms, and temporary improvement
of local blood circulation; and
•
temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite. |
|
Triton / Optimas
|
Laser |
Triton
Duo Light/ Triton Duo Dark InMode Diolaze
XL 755/810nm InMode Diolaze XL 810/1064nm InMode
Diolaze XL 810nm |
K180719 (06/14/2018)
The Triton/Optimas platform
with the Triton Duo Light and Triton Duo
Dark handpieces is indicated for hair removal and permanent hair reduction. |
|
InMode |
Laser |
Diolaze |
K142952 (11/24/2014)
The InMode Diolaze device is indicated for
use for hair removal and for permanent reduction in hair regrowth, defined as the long-term, stable reduction in the number of hairs regrowing
when measured at 6, 9, and 12 months after the completion of a treatment regime |
|
InMode |
Laser |
Diolaze |
K123682 (27/02/2013)
The InMode Diolaze device is indicated for
use for hair removal |
|
InMode |
Radiofrequency (RF) |
WMface |
k140926 (12/03/2014)
The InMode WMface device is intended for
use in dermatologic procedures for noninvasive treatment of mild to moderate facial wrinkles and rhytids. |
| * |
In addition to the 510(k) clearance, we also market the FormaV for use with the Votiva platform
pursuant to a classification regulation for “genital vibrators for therapeutic use” under 21 C.F.R. 884.5960, which permits
“electronically operated devices intended and labeled for therapeutic use in the treatment of sexual dysfunction or as an adjunct
to Kegel’s exercise (tightening of the muscles of the pelvic floor to increase muscle tone)” to be marketed without a 510(k)
clearance. |
62
Premarket Approval Pathway
A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k)
process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing
and labeling, to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction.
No device that we have developed has required premarket approval, nor do we currently
expect that any future device or indication will require premarket approval.
Pervasive and Continuing Regulation
After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory
requirements apply. These include:
| • |
QSR, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation
and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process; |
| • |
clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared or PMA-approved devices that could affect safety or effectiveness;
|
| • |
labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or “off-label”
uses; |
| • |
advertising and promotion requirements; |
| • |
medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their devices may have caused or contributed
to deaths or serious injuries or malfunctioned in ways that would likely cause or contribute to deaths or serious injuries if the malfunctions
were to recur; |
| • |
medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require the manufacturers to report to the FDA corrections and
removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to
health; and |
| • |
post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and
effectiveness data for the devices. |
We may be subject to similar foreign laws that may include applicable post-marketing
requirements such as safety surveillance. Our manufacturing processes are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR,
which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality
assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires,
among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As a manufacturer, our facilities,
records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance
with the QSR or other applicable regulatory requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, our manufacturing operations
and the recall or seizure of our products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated
adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of
its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal
of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.
The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced
inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the facilities
of our manufacturing subcontractors.
We also are regulated under the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act, which requires
laser products to comply with performance standards, including design and operation requirements, and manufacturers to certify in product
labeling and in reports to the FDA that their products comply with all such standards. The law also requires laser manufacturers to file
new product and annual reports, maintain manufacturing, testing and sales records, and report product defects. Various warning labels
must be affixed and certain protective devices installed, depending on the class of the product.
63
Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement
action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:
| • |
warning or untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; |
| • |
unanticipated expenditures, repair, replacement, refunds, recalls, administrative detention or seizure of products; |
| • |
operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; |
| • |
refusing requests for 510(k) clearance or PMAs of new products or new intended uses; |
| • |
withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMAs that have already been granted; and |
| • |
criminal prosecution. |
The FDA also has the authority to require us to repair, replace or refund the cost of
any medical device that we have manufactured or distributed. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse
effect on our business.
We are also subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations,
including those related to the environment, health and safety, land use, and quality assurance. We believe that we are in compliance with
these laws and regulations as currently in effect, and our compliance with such laws will not have a material adverse effect on our capital
expenditures, earnings, and competitive and financial position.
Other Healthcare Laws
Although none of our products or procedures using our products are currently covered
by any state or federal government healthcare programs, or any private commercial payor, we may be subject to a number of foreign, federal,
and state laws and regulations that may restrict our business practices, including, without limitation, anti-kickback, false claims, physician
payment transparency and data privacy and security laws. The government has interpreted these laws broadly as they apply to the marketing
and sales activities of manufacturers and distributors. Companies targeted in such prosecutions and in civil litigation have paid substantial
fines, penalties, and settlements in the hundreds of millions of dollars or more, have been forced to implement extensive corrective action
plans, can be excluded from federal health care programs, and have often become subject to consent decrees, settlement agreements or corporate
integrity agreements severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their business. Many U.S. states and countries outside the
United States have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that may be broader in scope than the U.S. federal laws, and may apply
regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under government programs.
International Regulations
International manufacturing and sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental
regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country
may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different.
The primary regulatory environment in Europe is that of the European Union or EU, which
consists of 27 countries encompassing most of the major countries in Europe. The European Union has adopted numerous specific directives
regulating the design, manufacture, clinical investigations, conformity assessment, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices.
Devices that comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive
(Directive 93/42/EEC) will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements
of the EU Medical Devices Directive and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union,
the member states of the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is comprised of the 27 EU countries, plus Norway, Liechtenstein, and Iceland),
and countries that have entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and
(risk) class of the product but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by
a notified body, an independent organization designed by an EU country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment
may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. An assessment
by a notified body in one member state of the European Union, the EEA or a country that has entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement
is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. European Standardization Committees
and the International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, have promulgated voluntary harmonized standards. Compliance with applicable
standards establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking.
64
As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers
with the essential requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance
of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance
during normal conditions of use, that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed
against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device are supported
by suitable evidence. All manufacturers placing medical devices into the market in the EEA must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance
System. Under this system, incidents must be reported to the relevant authorities of the Member States of the EEA, and manufacturers are
required to take Field Safety Corrective Actions, or FSCAs, to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in the state of health
associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market. An incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration
in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly
or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in
their state of health. An FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the device. FSCAs must be
communicated by the manufacturer or its legal representative to its customers and/or to the end users of the device through Field Safety
Notices.
On May 25, 2017, the EU passed the Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation 2017/745)
entered into force, which repeals and replaces the EU Medical Devices Directive. Unlike directives, which must be implemented into the
national laws of the EEA member states, regulations are directly applicable (i.e., without the need for adoption of EEA member state laws
implementing them) in all EEA member states and are intended to eliminate current differences in the regulation of medical devices among
EEA member states. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and
sustainable regulatory framework across the EEA for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation.
The Medical Devices Regulation was however originally intended to become applicable
three years after publication and, in April 2020, such transition period was extended by the European Parliament and the Council of the
EU by an additional year – until May 26, 2021. Devices lawfully placed on the market pursuant to the Medical Devices Directive prior
to May 26, 2021 may generally continue to be made available on the market or put into service until May 26, 2025. Once applicable, the
new regulations will among other things:
| • |
strengthen the rules on placing devices on the market and reinforce surveillance once they are available; |
| • |
establish explicit provisions on manufacturers’ responsibilities for the follow-up of the quality, performance and safety of
devices placed on the market; |
| • |
improve the traceability of medical devices throughout the supply chain to the end-user or patient through a unique identification
number; |
| • |
set up a central database to provide patients, healthcare professionals and the public with comprehensive information on products
available in the European Union; and |
| • |
strengthened the rules for the assessment of certain high-risk devices, such as implants, which may have to undergo an additional
check by experts before they are placed on the market. |
65
These modifications may have an impact on the way we design and manufacture products
and the way we conduct our business in the EEA.
Following the end of the “Brexit” Transition Period, since January 1, 2021,
the Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (“MHRA”) has been responsible for the UK medical device market. The
new regulations require medical devices to be registered with the MHRA (but manufacturers will be given a grace period of four to 12 months
to comply with the new registration process). Manufacturers based outside the UK will need to appoint a UK Responsible Person to register
devices with the MHRA in line with the grace periods. By July 1, 2023, in the UK (England, Scotland, and Wales), all medical devices will
require a UKCA (UK Conformity Assessed) mark but CE marks issued by EU notified bodies will remain valid until this time. However, UKCA
marking alone will not be recognized in the EU. The rules for placing medical devices on the Northern Ireland market will differ from
those in the UK. All of our platforms and applicators require UKCA marking.
Several member states of the EEA have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that
mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have entered into Mutual Recognition
Agreements and allow the marketing of medical devices that meet European Union requirements.
In Israel, the Medical Equipment Law generally governs the regulatory process and authorizations
required for the manufacture, marketing and use of medical and certain aesthetic products in Israel. Under the Medical Equipment Law,
we are required to register our products with the Israeli Ministry of Health. The Medical Equipment Law offers a fast-track approval process
for devices that received approval from certain non-Israeli regulatory agencies, including FDA clearance or CE marks. The registration
process under this fast-track process involves submitting an application to the Israeli Ministry of Health which includes, among other
things, documentation confirming receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, such as 510(k) clearance or CE mark certification. In
addition, we must provide details regarding the approval, including the period for which the applicable device was authorized for marketing
in the applicable country, registration terms, any limitations, and any instructions given with respect to the labeling and packaging
of such device. If approved, the registration of the device in Israel will be valid for the same period that such device was authorized
to be marketed in the applicable non-Israeli country (but in any event not more than five years from the date of registration in Israel),
and the device will be subject to the terms and conditions imposed by the relevant non-Israeli regulatory agency, if any. We have taken
advantage of such fast-track approval in the past. All of our products that we currently sell in Israel are registered with the Israeli
Ministry of Health, with registrations that expired on January 31, 2021. We applied for extensions as required to maintain active registrations,
and such registrations now expire on January 31, 2023.
Federal Communications Commission and other governmental agencies
governing the use of radio frequency energy
Our products generate and use radio frequency energy and therefore may be subject to
technical equipment authorization and other regulatory requirements in the countries and regions where they are marketed or distributed.
In the United States, our products are subject to the Federal Communications Commission’s equipment verification procedures, under
which the manufacturer is required to determine or verify that the equipment complies with the applicable technical standards and to keep
a record of test measurements demonstrating compliance before the equipment can be marketed or sold in the United States. Any modifications
to our products may require reverification before we are permitted to market and distribute the modified devices.
We obtain regulatory approvals in countries requiring advance clearance of our products
before they are marketed or distributed in those countries. Our failure to comply with the technical, equipment authorization or other
regulatory requirements of a specific country or region could impair our ability to commercially market and distribute our products in
that country or region.
Data Protection
Our business involves the use, storage and transmission of information about our employees,
our customers and, to a certain extent, clients of our customers. In the course of our operations, we may gain access to confidential
customer information, including nonpublic personal data. We are bound by certain agreements to use and disclose this information in a
manner consistent with the privacy standards under regulations applicable to our customers and are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign
jurisdiction laws and regulations designed to protect this information. With the recent increase in publicity regarding data breaches
resulting in improper dissemination of consumer information, many states have passed laws regulating the actions that a business must
take if it experiences a data breach, such as prompt disclosure to affected customers, governmental entities, and the media. In addition
to data breach notification laws, some states have enacted statutes and rules requiring businesses to protect certain types of personal
information they hold or to otherwise comply with certain specified data security requirements for personal information. We intend to
protect all personal information and to comply with all applicable laws regarding the protection of such information.
66
As an Israeli headquartered company, we are subject to the Israeli Protection of Privacy
Law of 1981 and the Privacy Protection Regulations (Data Security) 5777-2017. Further, in the U.S., numerous federal and state laws and
regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy laws and consumer protection and advertising laws (e.g.,
Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other
personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our collaborators and third-party providers. For example, the
CCPA, which became effective on January 1, 2020, gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information,
opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA
provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data
breach litigation. Further, the CPRA recently passed in California. The CPRA will impose additional data protection obligations on covered
businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and
opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive
regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the provisions will go into effect
on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required.
In the European Union and the EEA, the GDPR imposes several stringent requirements for
controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process
their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for
data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data
and pseudonymised (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third-party
processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR provides that EU and EEA member states may make their own
further laws and regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data, which could limit our ability to use and share
personal data or could cause our costs to increase, and harm our business and financial condition. Failure to comply with the requirements
of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU and EEA member states may result in fines of up to €20 million
or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties.
To comply with the new data protection rules imposed by GDPR, we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance.
Further, since January 1, 2021, we are subject to the GDPR and also the UK GDPR, which, together with the amended UK Data Protection Act
2018, retains the GDPR in UK national law. The UK GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR, e.g. fines up to the greater of €20 million
(£17.5 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union in relation to certain
aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how UK data protection laws and regulations will develop in the medium
to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated in the long term. It is not clear whether (and
when) an adequate decision may be granted by the European Commission enabling data transfers from European Union member states to the
United Kingdom long-term without additional measures. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure.
Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding
transfers of personal data from the EEA and the United Kingdom to the United States. Most recently, on July 16, 2020, the CJEU invalidated
the Privacy Shield under which personal data could be transferred from the EEA to US entities who had self-certified under the Privacy
Shield scheme. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European
Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism, and potential alternative to the Privacy Shield), it made clear that reliance
on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. Use of the standard contractual clauses must now be assessed on
a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance
laws and rights of individuals and additional measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place, however, the nature
of these additional measures is currently uncertain. The CJEU went on to state that if a competent supervisory authority believes that
the standard contractual clauses cannot be complied with in the destination country and the required level of protection cannot be secured
by other means, such supervisory authority is under an obligation to suspend or prohibit that transfer. We rely on a mixture of mechanisms
to transfer personal data from the EEA to the United States, and could be impacted by these recent developments, which may require us
to review and amend the legal mechanisms by which we make and/or receive personal data transfers to/in the U.S.
67
Corporate and Social Responsibility
Our management continues to participate in Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”)
Reporting on our website to respond to increased awareness of the importance of environmental and sustainability topics and non-material
company activities towards the long-term success of the company. As a manufacturer of medical devices, we already adhere to strict quality
and safety requirements dictated by regulatory bodies such as the FDA, CE, Health Canada, TGA (Australia), Brazil, Japan, Chinese NMPA
(previously Chinese FDA), ISO, as well as international GMP standards. We successfully completed all audits conducted by the regulatory
bodies in 2021, including a physical audit of our facilities and the facilities of our Tier 1 subcontractors‑Medimor, Flex, and
Resonetics.
Our mission is to develop and produce innovative, life-changing technologies to enable
patients to become their ‘best possible self’, in the safest and most effective manner. Our commitment to CSR topics complements
InMode’s core values to provide the ultimate in customer care and support.
Management Discussion
In 2021, we completed reporting on all six topics defined by The SASB (Sustainability
Accounting Standards Board) Sustainability Accounting Standard for Medical Equipment and Supplies. These topics were: Affordability &
Pricing, Ethical Marketing, Product Design & Lifecycle Management, Business Ethics, Product Safety and Supply Chain Management.
MSCI Ratings
MSCI is one of the leading organizations to rank a company’s ESG compliance. MSCI has ranked InMode
as “BB-Average rank”, based on a more in-depth review of the company’s ESG compliance activities. InMode’s ranking
is above the industry’s average.
The CSR Report also highlights our impact on the local economies in government-designated
development areas in the periphery where we work with contract suppliers and subcontractors (https://inmodemd.com/investors/corporate-social-responsibility-documents/
) .
The CSR Report specifically focuses on our primary assembly and manufacturing facilities
in Israel, the location of the Company’s headquarters. Further information on our corporate social responsibility efforts and SASB
data reporting is available on our website. The information contained on our website or available through our website is not incorporated
by reference into and should not be considered a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and the reference to our website in this Annual
Report on Form 20-F is an inactive textual reference only.
68
Environment
Carbon Emissions
Our products do not require any fossil fuels for manufacture, and we do not have any
active carbon emissions from our headquarters. We are aware of the importance of reducing carbon emissions and have made a management
decision to eliminate almost all air shipments to the United States, our largest market.
Industrial and Electronic Waste Disposal
This year, we have focused our efforts on setting baseline metrics for many of our activities.
One of our priorities is to manage industrial and electronic waste disposal at our R&D facility. As a result, we have a new agreement
with a government-approved industrial waste removal company. We have now designated an electronic waste depository in the warehouse and
expect to manage the disposal every quarter.
Printing
Annually, we sell thousands of our consumables in boxes with colorful printed sleeves.
In January 2022, after a physical audit of the facilities, our printer, Gestelit, received Forest Stewardship Council (“ FSC”)
Certification. The FSC is an international non-profit, multistakeholder organization established in 1993 that promotes responsible management
of the world's forests. In 2021, InMode printed 14.8 tons of paper by an FSC-approved printing press. We will be updating all of these
sleeves to include the FSC logo and instructions for recycling.
Social
As previously reported, we have started baseline metrics for many of our activities.
This also holds true for many of our social and community involvement activities.
Employees
We continue to expand our staff around the world, by 51 employees, in 2021, We currently
have a total of 362 employees of which 237 are male and 125 female.
Training & Development
At InMode we carry out two types of training courses: Internal technical and sales training
on all of InMode’s products, as well a professional development courses offered by third-party contractors. All new employees receive
a full-day training in all of InModes platforms and handpieces. Additionally, with the introduction of each new product or technology,
all clinical, marketing and sales personnel undergo product training. All team members employed in the production and testing lines receive
advance technical training for manufacturing and maintenance of the new products.
Corporate Culture
InMode encourages an informal corporate culture, and the company organization encourages
direct communication with managers and management, creating an atmosphere where every employee feels integral to the company's success.
In 2021, this phenomenon manifested in many types of employee activities: Halloween celebrations, holiday festivities, summer picnics,
spontaneous birthday parties, and more.
Community Involvement in the Periphery
Robotics Mentoring in Dimona
Since 2017, Moshe Mizrahy and InMode engineers have been involved with the FIRST Robotics
Group at Amit Zinman High School in Dimona. Dimona is located in southern Israel and is an area in the lower rungs of the socioeconomic
scale.
InMode supports the robotics team of Amit Zinman High School with more than just financial
resources. Our engineers provide ongoing mentoring and opportunities to design electromechanical devices. One of the program's goals is
to introduce STEM subjects into the community through projects and our outreach programs and activities for kindergartens and elementary
schools. We continue to support the Robotics team with mentoring, resources, and funds and will continue in 2022.
69
Technology Project at ORT Maale Tiberias High School
InMode, together with Medimor, our Tier 1 supplier, has established a partnership with
ORT Maale Tiberias school to create a sustainable technology project. We have earmarked one hundred thousand dollars to this educational
project. Tiberias is in an economically depressed area of Israel and there have been few industry or business partnerships with
Tiberias. We are proud to sponsor such an exciting and impactful project.
C. Organizational Structure
Our subsidiaries, the countries of their incorporation/residence and proportion of ownership
interest are as follows:
|
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
Percentage Ownership | ||
|
Invasix Inc. |
Delaware, USA |
100% | ||
|
Invasix Corp. |
Canada |
100% | ||
|
InMode M.D. Ltd. |
Israel |
100% | ||
|
Invasix UK Ltd. |
United Kingdom |
100% | ||
|
InMode Japan KK |
Japan |
100% | ||
|
Invasix Iberia S.L. |
Spain |
100% | ||
|
Guangzhou InMode Medical Technology Ltd. |
China |
100% | ||
|
InMode Asia Limited. |
Hong Kong |
100% | ||
|
InMode India Private Limited |
India |
100% | ||
|
InMode Australia Pty Ltd |
Australia |
100% | ||
|
IMD France EURL |
France |
100% | ||
|
InMode Innovations Ltd. |
Israel |
100% | ||
|
InMode Italy S.r.l |
Italy |
100% |
D. Property, Plants and Equipment
We lease our main office, manufacturing and research and development facilities, located
in the Industrial Zone in Yokneam, Israel, pursuant to a lease that expires in December 2024. In January 2019, February 2020 and March
2021, we signed a supplemental lease agreements, further expanding our headquarters in Israel.
We currently lease approximately 24.5 thousand square feet in the Israeli facility.
Our current monthly rent payment is approximately $48.7 thousand.
Our U.S. subsidiary leases an approximately seven-thousand-square-foot facility in Lake
Forest, California pursuant to a lease that expires in August 2022. Our current monthly rent payment is approximately $10 thousand.
70
In August of 2020, our U.S. subsidiary, signed a new leasing agreement, for an approximately
24-thousand-square-foot facility located in Orange County, California, to support our expanding operations in the U.S. The new lease agreement
is for seven years and four months and occupation of the new facility commenced in the middle of April of 2021. The current monthly rent
payment is approximately $25 thousand.
Our Canadian subsidiary leases an approximately six-thousand-square-foot facility in
Richmond Hill, Ontario pursuant to a lease that expires in June 2022 in consideration for a current monthly rent payment of approximately
$6 thousand.
From time to time, we also lease small properties, mainly for offices for subsidiaries
around the world which range for periods of up to three years. In February 2020, our subsidiary in Australia signed a lease agreement
for its offices that expires in March 2023.
We believe our current office space is sufficient to meet our anticipated needs for
the foreseeable future and is suitable for the conduct of our business.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
71
ITEM 5. OPERATING
AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and related notes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, which are included elsewhere in this 2021 Annual
Report. A discussion of the year ended December 31, 2019 can be found in the Annual Report on form 20-F filed with the SEC on February
10, 2021.
Overview
We design, develop, manufacture and commercialize innovative, energy-based, non-invasive,
minimally invasive surgical aesthetic and medical treatment solutions. Since 2010, we have launched ten product platforms (BodyTite,
Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, EvolveX, Evoke, Morpheus8 and EmpowerRF) that
we market and sell traditionally to plastic and facial surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, medical spas, dermatologists and OB/GYNs.
As of December 31, 2021, we had a global installed base of approximately 11,600 product
platforms capable of running various multi-use applicators and minimally invasive consumables.
We anticipate that our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to
quarter due to several factors, including seasonality, unexpected delays in the introduction and market acceptance of our products, unexpected
delays in our manufacturing operations, introduction of new and improved products by our competitors and the performance of our direct
sales organization.
Components of Our Operating Results
Revenues
We generate our revenues primarily from the sale of energy-based medical aesthetic products,
which consist of platforms and non-consumable handpieces and hands-free applicators. To a lesser extent, we generate revenue from the
sale of consumables and from the sale of extended warranties. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we derived approximately 89% of our
revenues from the sale of medical aesthetic products and approximately 11% of our revenues from the sale of consumables and extended warranties.
We expect our revenues from the sale of consumables and extended warranties to increase over time as our installed base continues to grow.
We have experienced growth in sales of consumables in the past four years. Recent revenue growth has been driven by, and we expect continued
growth as a result of, increased patient and physician awareness of our medical aesthetic products and additional sales representatives.
We have expanded our sales and marketing organization as well as our number of platforms, to help us drive and support revenue growth
and intend to continue this expansion.
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 we derived approximately $256.3 million,
or 72% and $127.4 million, or 62%, respectively, of our total revenues from the sale of minimally invasive platforms, we derived approximately
$72.5 million, or 20% and $65.3 million, or 32%, respectively, of our total revenues from the sale of hands-free platforms and approximately
$28.8 million, or 8% and $13.4 million, or 6%, respectively, of our total revenues from the sale of non-invasive platforms. This
resulted in the year ended December 2021, in growth of $128.9 million, or 101%, $15.4 million, or 115%, and $7.2 million, or 11% in revenues
from the sale of minimally invasive platforms, non-invasive platforms and hands-free platforms, respectively. In the future, we expect
that revenues from the sale of minimally invasive platforms and hands-free platforms will continue to be a major contributor to our revenues.
Results for the year ended December 31, 2019 are provided in the consolidated financial statements and notes filed with this report on
Form 20-F beginning on page F-1.
We sell our products directly in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Spain, France,
Italy, Australia and India, and indirectly through third-party distributors in other countries.
72
The following table provides information regarding the breakdown of our revenue by geographic
region for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
|
Years Ended December 31, |
||||||||
|
Geographic region |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||
|
United States |
66 |
% |
73 |
% | ||||
|
International (non-U.S.) |
34 |
% |
27 |
% | ||||
|
Total |
100 |
% |
100 |
% | ||||
We believe that there are opportunities for us to generate additional revenue from existing
customers who are already familiar with our products. We intend to continue to invest in research and development activities, increase
the number of sales representatives in our sales and marketing organization and introduce innovative next-generation pipeline products
to our customers. As a result, we expect that certain existing customers will be candidates for technology upgrades to enhance the capabilities
of their existing InMode products. In addition, as we continue to grow our support services program, we expect to increase the number
of customers that enter into service contracts and extended warranties with us, which would result in additional recurring revenues. We
also plan to expand our current product line in order to reach non-traditional customers, such as ENTs, ophthalmologists, general practitioners
and aesthetic clinicians, and generate additional revenue.
Cost of Revenues
Our cost of revenues consists primarily of the expenses we incur to have our products
manufactured and assembled by third parties and the direct costs we incur in order to obtain the materials, labor and overhead that are
needed to manufacture and assemble our products.
Our cost of revenues also includes shipping, handling, service and warranty expenses,
as well as salaries and personnel-related expenses, including share-based compensation expenses, for our operations management team, which
is comprised of subcontractor supervisors and purchasing and quality control employees. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in
absolute dollars primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows.
Our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues has been, and we expect it to continue
to be, affected by a variety of factors, including manufacturing costs, the average selling price of our products, the maturity of our
existing products, promotional prices being offered to existing customers for our new products, and to a lesser extent the sales mix between
the United States and the rest of the world as our average selling price in the United States tends to be higher than in the rest of the
world. We expect our gross margin to be maintained at current levels over time to the extent we are successful in offsetting increased
material and shipping costs with reducing manufacturing costs as our sales volume increases, as well as, maintaining our average selling
prices. However, our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period.
Research and Development Expenses
Our research and development expenses consist of salaries and personnel-related expenses,
including share-based compensation expenses, for our employees that are primarily engaged in research, development and engineering activities.
Our research and development expenses also include regulatory-related costs and expenses, external engineering fees, materials used and
other overhead expenses that are incurred in connection with the design and development of our products. For further details with respect
to government regulations we are subject to, see “Item 4B. Information on the Company-Business Overview-Government Regulations.”
We expense all of our research and development costs as incurred. While we do not track our research and development spending by technology,
product or application, we do expect that our overall research and development costs will increase in absolute dollars in the future as
we develop more products and technologies. We expect research and development expenses as a percentage of our total revenue to vary over
time depending on the level and timing of initiating new product development efforts.
73
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions and personnel-related
expenses, including share-based compensation expenses, for our employees that are engaged in sales and marketing activities, which include
marketing and public support of our products, participation in trade shows and industry events, promotional and public relations activities,
and administrative functions in support of sales and marketing. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute
dollars as we continue to expand our marketing organization to both drive and support our planned growth in revenue.
General and Administrative Expenses
Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and personnel-related
expenses, including share-based compensation expenses, for executive, accounting and administrative personnel, professional fees and other
general corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to grow at a steady state as our operations will continue to
expand. However, general and administrative expenses may vary over time, due to increasing legal and insurance premium costs and involvement
in IP related litigations.
Income Taxes
We are subject to income taxes in Israel, the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions.
Our facilities in Israel were previously granted the status of “Benefited Enterprise”
which provided us with a ten-year corporate tax exemption for undistributed income, provided that we met certain conditions, including
that the production of all of our products, directly or through subcontractors, was performed in Israel. The first year in which we were
exempted from Israeli corporate tax was 2012 and the ten-year eligibility period of tax exemption expired in 2021. From 2022, the Company’s
corporate tax rate is expected to be between 7.5% to 10%, under the Encouragement of Capital Investments Regulations (Preferred Technology
Income and Capital Profits for a Technological Enterprise), 2017.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations
is based upon our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, which have been
prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments
that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, sales and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.
We base our estimates on historical experience, authoritative pronouncements and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable
under the circumstances. On a periodic basis, we evaluate our estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The following are our critical accounting policies and the significant judgments and
estimates affecting the application of those policies in our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Accounting
Standards Codification, or ASC, No. 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”) when our customers
obtain control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange
for those goods or services.
We apply the five-step model to contracts only when it is probable that we will collect
the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to our customer, after considering any price concession
expected to be provided to the customer, when applicable. At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised within each
contract and determine those that are performance obligations, and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. Management
estimation is required to determine the stand-alone selling price for each distinct performance obligation recognized. We then recognize
as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance
obligation is satisfied.
74
Product revenue
Revenues from product sales are recognized when the customer obtains control over our
product, typically upon shipment to the customer. Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental
authorities are excluded from revenues.
Variable consideration includes price concessions related to installment sales contracts.
We estimate variable consideration using the most likely method. Amounts included in the transaction price are recognized only when it
is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenues will not occur.
We do not grant any right of return, refund, cancelation or termination. From time to
time, we participate in our customers’ marketing activities and deduct costs related to such activities from revenue.
Service Revenue
We also generate revenues from long-term maintenance contracts, or Extended Warranties.
Revenue from Extended Warranties is recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the applicable service contract.
Revenue from repairs performed in the absence of Extended Warranties is recognized when the related services are performed and it is probable
that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to.
More information regarding revenue recognition is discussed in Note 2p in our consolidated
financial statements.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC No. 740, “Income Taxes”
(“ASC 740”), using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liability account balances are determined based on
the differences between financial reporting and the tax basis for assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates
and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We provide a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce
deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely-than-not to be realized.
ASC 740 also contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring a liability for
uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if
the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position
will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. Management estimation is required
in determining our uncertain tax positions.
The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than
50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.
In determining the amount of income tax, we take into account the impact of uncertain
tax positions. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that
the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We adjust these reserves when facts and circumstances change,
such as the closing of a tax audit, new information presented by a tax authority, or changes in tax legislation. To the extent that the
final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes
in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.
Share-Based Compensation
We grant share options and restricted share units (“RSU”) (together “Share-Based
Compensation”) to our employees, directors and non-employees in consideration for services rendered.
We account for Share-Based Compensation in accordance with ASC No. 718, “Compensation-Stock
Compensation” (“ASC 718”) which requires that all Share-Based Compensation to employees and non-employees be recognized
in our consolidated statements of income based on their fair values. The grant date fair value of Share-Based Compensation is recognized
as an expense over the requisite service period. The fair value of each share option granted is estimated using the Binomial Model, and
for each RSU granted based on the Company’s share price at the date of the grant. We estimate forfeitures based on historical experience
and anticipated future conditions at the time of grant and revises such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from
those estimates.
75
For grants prior to 2021, we used the Binomial
Model for option-pricing model that requires the input of subjective assumptions, including expected term of the option, expected volatility
of the price of our ordinary shares, risk-free interest rates, early exercise multiple and the expected dividend yield of our ordinary
shares. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent
uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our share-based
compensation expense could differ.
We recognize compensation expense for awards conditioned only on continued service that
have a graded vesting schedule using the straight-line method based on the multiple-option award approach.
Performance-based Share-Based Compensation expenses are calculated based on the
valuation at the grant date, and recognized based on the probability of achieving those targets using management estimation. We assess
at what scale can the performance targets be reached at each balance sheet date, and expenses are recognized accordingly. Changes in management
estimation as for performance target being achieved can impact the share-based compensation expense recognized in the period the performance
target estimate is changed.
We classify Share-Based Compensation expenses in our consolidated statements of income
based on the department to which the related employee and non-employee reports.
Marketable Securities
We account for marketable securities in accordance with ASU 2016-01, “Financial
Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825‑10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2016-01”),
which relates to certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments.
Our investments in marketable securities consist of government bonds, municipal bonds,
corporate debt securities and certificates of deposit (together “AFS Securities”) measured at fair value in each reporting
period. The fair value of quoted securities is based on current market value. As our AFS Securities fair value is based on Level 2 inputs,
their fair value measurement involves using estimations for observable prices in similar instruments in active markets. We compare our
primary AFS Securities fair value price source with other sources and may adjust prices for major differences that are found.
Since AFS Securities represent a significant amount of our assets, we check, on periodic
basis, the compliance of our investment portfolio with our investment policy. We also review AFS Securities, on periodic basis, for credit
losses and impairment. When the estimated fair value of an AFS Security is below its amortized cost, the AFS Security is assessed using
the Current Expected Credit Losses model (in accordance with ASU 2016-13) in order to determine what portion of that difference, if any,
is caused by expected credit losses. This determination requires use of our assessment.
More information regarding marketable securities is discussed in Note 2g and 2v in our
consolidated financial statements.
Inventories Valuation
We state all inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We determine
our finished products using a “moving average” method and we determine our raw materials using a “first in, first out”
method. We review the need for inventory allowances when conditions indicate that the selling price could be less than cost due to physical
deterioration, usage, obsolescence, reductions in estimated future demand and reductions in selling prices. We balance the need to maintain
strategic inventory levels with the risk of obsolescence due to changing technology and customer demand levels. Unfavorable changes in
market conditions may result in a need for inventory reserves that could adversely impact our gross margins. Conversely, favorable changes
in demand could result in higher gross margins when we sell products.
76
Operating Results
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the periods presented:
| Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||
| ($) | (% of Revenues) | ($) |
(% of Revenues) |
|||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
|
Revenues |
357,565 |
100 |
206,107 |
100 |
||||||||||||
|
Cost of revenues
|
53,592 |
15 |
30,849 |
15 |
||||||||||||
|
Gross profit
|
303,973 |
85 |
175,258 |
85 |
||||||||||||
|
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Research and development
|
9,532 |
3 |
9,467 |
5 |
||||||||||||
|
Sales and marketing
|
119,353 |
33 |
86,532 |
42 |
||||||||||||
|
General and administrative
|
8,411 |
2 |
6,418 |
3 |
||||||||||||
|
Other income
|
(800 |
) |
0 |
- |
- |
|||||||||||
|
Total operating expenses
|
136,496 |
38 |
102,417 |
50 |
||||||||||||
|
Income from operations
|
167,477 |
47 |
72,841 |
35 |
||||||||||||
|
Finance income, net
|
525 |
0 |
3,291 |
(2 |
) | |||||||||||
|
Income before taxes
|
168,002 |
47 |
76,132 |
37 |
||||||||||||
|
Income taxes
|
2,928 |
1 |
1,107 |
1 |
||||||||||||
|
Net income |
165,074 |
46 |
75,025 |
36 |
||||||||||||
|
Add: Loss (net income) attributable to non-controlling interests |
(103 |
) |
0 |
5 |
0 |
|||||||||||
|
Net income attributable to Inmode Ltd
|
164,971 |
46 |
75,030 |
36 |
||||||||||||
77
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2021 to the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Revenues
Our revenues increased by approximately $151.5 million, or 74%, to approximately $357.6
million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $206.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase
was attributable to increase in sales of our minimal invasive platforms in the U.S and outside of the U.S, in the amount of $128.9 million,
and due to launch of new products.
Our revenues in the United States increased by approximately $87.8 million, or 59%,
to approximately $237.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $149.5 million for the year ended December
31, 2020. This increase was primarily attributable to increase in sales of our minimal invasive platforms in the U.S in the amount of
$80.3 million, due to increase in patients and physicians awareness of our technology, an increase in marketing activity and events, and
the launch of new products.
Our revenues outside of the United States increased by approximately $63.7 million,
or 112%, to approximately $120.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $56.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in revenues in Asia of $17.1 million as result of an increase in
sales representatives in this region and receiving regulatory approval in China during the second half of 2020, an increase of $20.7 million
in Europe due to an increase of distributors and an increase in patient and physicians awareness in the region, and an increase of $11.0
million in the Latin-America region due to an increase in patients and physicians awareness as well as the addition of new distributors
in the region.
Our revenues from the sale of consumables and extended warranties for the year ended
December 31, 2021, increased by approximately 84% compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily attributable
to the growth in our installed platform base by 4,350 platforms, as well as patients and physicians becoming more familiar with our products.
Cost of revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by approximately $22.8 million, or 74%, to approximately
$53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $30.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This
increase was primarily due to increased costs to purchase manufactured products to support the higher sales volume in the amount of $20.0
million and increase in operations team expenses in the amount of $1.8 million. Our gross margin remained relatively flat at 85% for the
year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately 85% for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Research and development expenses
Our research and development expenses remained relatively flat at approximately $9.5
million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
78
Sales and marketing expenses
Our sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $32.8 million, or 38%, to
approximately $119.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $86.6 million for the year ended December
31, 2020. This increase was primarily attributable to increase in salary expenses in the amount of $23.8 million and an increase in selling
expenses in the amount of $6.2 million relating to increase in sharp volume of sales in 2021.
General and administrative expenses
Our general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $2.0 million, or
31%, to approximately $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $6.4 million for the year ended December
31, 2020. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in legal costs and expenses and professional services as we expanded
our operations in 2021, and an increase in salary and share-based compensation in the amount of $0.8 million.
Finance income, net
Our finance income, net was approximately $0.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2021, compared to approximately $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This decrease in finance income, net was primarily
attributable to a decrease in changes in foreign currency translation in the amount of $1.8 million, and a decrease in interest income
from our portfolio of investments in bonds and corporate debt securities and short-term bank deposits in the amount of $1.1 million.
79
Income taxes
Our income taxes increased by approximately $1.8 million, or 164%, to approximately
$2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. In 2021,
the tax benefit derived from our “Benefited Enterprise” status was approximately $37.5 million, which represents approximately
22% of our income before taxes.
Selected Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables show our unaudited quarterly statements of operations for the periods
indicated. We have prepared this quarterly information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and we
believe it includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the information shown.
Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for a full fiscal year.
|
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Dec. 31 |
Sep. 30 |
Jun. 30 |
Mar. 31 |
Dec. 31 |
Sep. 30 |
Jun. 30 |
Mar. 31 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Revenues |
$ |
110,540 |
$ |
94,176 |
$ |
87,325 |
$ |
65,524 |
$ |
75,187 |
$ |
59,714 |
$ |
30,765 |
$ |
40,441 |
||||||||||||||||
|
Cost of revenues |
16,847 |
13,943 |
12,723 |
10,079 |
10,575 |
9,395 |
4,695 |
6,184 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross profit |
93,693 |
80,233 |
74,602 |
55,445 |
64,612 |
50,319 |
26,070 |
34,257 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Research and development |
2,528 |
2,248 |
2,455 |
2,301 |
2,260 |
1,959 |
1,816 |
3,432 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Sales and marketing
|
35,286 |
30,835 |
28,670 |
24,562 |
25,239 |
23,758 |
14,536 |
22,999 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
General and administrative |
2,527 |
2,132 |
1,941 |
1,811 |
1,673 |
1,309 |
1,613 |
1,823 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other income
|
(800 |
) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total operating expenses |
39,541 |
35,215 |
33,066 |
28,674 |
29,172 |
27,026 |
17,965 |
28,254 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Income from operations
|
54,152 |
45,018 |
41,536 |
26,771 |
35,440 |
23,293 |
8,105 |
6,003 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Finance income (expenses), net |
118 |
(65 |
) |
428 |
44 |
1,228 |
798 |
636 |
629 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Income before taxes
|
54,270 |
44,953 |
41,964 |
26,815 |
36,668 |
24,091 |
8,741 |
6,632 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Income taxes
|
1,585 |
235 |
1,039 |
69 |
598 |
207 |
161 |
141 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income |
$ |
52,685 |
$ |
44,718 |
$ |
40,925 |
$ |
26,746 |
$ |
36,070 |
$ |
23,884 |
$ |
8,580 |
$ |
6,491 |
||||||||||||||||
Our quarterly revenues and operating results of operations have varied in the past and
can be expected to vary in the future due to numerous factors. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are
not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.
80
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Historically, we have funded our operations primarily from cash flows from operations,
from private placements of our ordinary shares, from our initial public offering in August 2019 and from exercise of options. Since inception
in January 2008, we have not received any debt financing from banks or issued any preferred or debt securities. We have received aggregate
net proceeds of approximately $100.0 million from issuances of our ordinary shares, including approximately $69.8 million from our initial
public offering.
In September 2020, we approved a share repurchase program of up to 2 million ordinary
shares, to be purchased out of our cash reserve and to be paid solely from our IPO proceeds. In February 2022, the board approved that
the share repurchase program could also be funded from the proceeds of exercised options. As of December 31, 2021, we purchased 1,480,616
shares in the amount of $52.6 million.
As of December 31, 2021, we had working capital of approximately $418.3 million, and
our primary source of liquidity was approximately $415.9 million in cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and bank deposits.
Our major cash requirements are obligations to support our ongoing operations which consist primarily of salary and commissions expenses
for employees, and contractual obligations for our subcontractors and lease agreements. We expect our working capital to be sufficient
for the Company’s present requirements.
If existing cash and cash generated from operations are insufficient to satisfy our
liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. If we raise funds by issuing equity
securities, our shareholders would experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations
or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt financing or equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or
our shareholders. Financing may not be available at all, or in amounts or on terms unacceptable to us. If we are unable to obtain financing,
we may be required to delay the development, commercialization and marketing of our aesthetic medical products.
Cash Flows
The following table represents a summary of our cash flow for the periods indicated
|
Years ended December 31, |
||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||
|
Net cash provided by (used in): |
(in thousands) |
|||||||
|
Operating activities
|
$ |
174,885 |
$ |
79,225 |
||||
|
Investing activities
|
(160,106 |
) |
(43,305 |
) | ||||
|
Financing activities
|
(15,022 |
) |
(12,442 |
) | ||||
|
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash
|
(559 |
) |
733 |
|||||
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
(802 |
) |
$ |
24,211 |
|||
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2021, our net cash provided by operating activities
was $174.9 million. The primary reason for net cash provided by operating activities was the net profit of $165.1 million. The outflow
from operating assets and liabilities in the amount of $3.8 million was primarily due to an increase of $10.6 million in accounts receivable
due to an increase in sales through distributors, an increase of $6.0 million in inventory to meet growth in anticipated sales, and an
increase of $6.4 million in other receivables due to an increase in advances to suppliers to meet growth in anticipated sales, offset
by an increase in other liabilities of $14.1 million, primarily in employee and related expenses due to expansion of our direct sales
organization and increase in sales at the end of 2021. Additionally, our net profit for the year ended December 31, 2021, included $13.6
million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense.
81
For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash provided by operating activities
was $79.2 million. The primary reason for net cash provided by operating activities was the net profit of $75.0 million. The outflow from
operating assets and liabilities in the amount of $10.6 million was primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million in accounts receivable
due to an increase in sales through distributors, $5.6 million in inventory to meet growth in anticipated sales, and a decrease of $5.6
million in contract liability, offset by an increase in other liabilities of $4.8 million, primarily in employee and related expenses
due to expansion of our direct sales organization. Additionally, our net profit for the year ended December 31, 2020, included $14.8 million
in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense.
As we expect our revenues to continue to grow, we anticipate our accounts receivables,
inventory and accounts payable will similarly continue to grow, including our available working capital.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $160.1
million, which primarily related to short-term bank deposits and marketable securities of $346.9 million, and capital expenditures of
$0.9 million. These outflows were partially offset by inflows of $187.8 million related to proceeds from short-term bank deposits and
marketable securities.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $43.3
million, which primarily related to short-term bank deposits and marketable securities of $225.4 million, and capital expenditures of
$0.5 million. These outflows were partially offset by inflows of $182.5 million related to proceeds from short-term bank deposits and
marketable securities.
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in financing activities was $15.0
million, which consisted of $35.3 million outflow as part of our share repurchase program. This outflow was partially offset by inflow
of $20.3 million related to proceeds from the exercise of options.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in financing activities was $12.4
million, which consisted of $17.2 million outflow as part of our share repurchase program. This outflow was partially offset by inflow
of $4.8 million related to proceeds from the exercise of options.
Research and Development, Patents and Licenses
For a description of the Company’s research and development policies, see “Item
4B.-Information on the Company-Business Overview-Intellectual Property”.
Trend Information
Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we are not aware
of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events for the year ended December 31, 2021 that are reasonably likely to have a
material effect on our net revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial
information to be not necessarily indicative of future results of operations or financial condition.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Certain recently issued accounting pronouncements are discussed in Note 2 in our consolidated
financial statements.
82
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
A. Directors and Senior Management
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers
and directors as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
|
Name |
Age |
Position | ||
|
Moshe Mizrahy |
69 |
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Board of Directors | ||
|
Yair Malca |
44 |
Chief Financial Officer | ||
|
Dr. Michael Kreindel |
55 |
Chief Technology Officer and Director | ||
|
Shakil Lakhani |
39 |
President, North America | ||
|
Dr. Hadar Ron, M.D.(1)(2)
|
63 |
Director | ||
|
Bruce Mann(1)(2)
|
87 |
Director | ||
|
Dr. Michael Anghel(1)(2)
|
83 |
Director |
(1) Member of Audit & Investment Committee
(2) Member of Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
A brief biography of each person who serves as an executive officer and/or director
of the Company is set forth below:
Moshe Mizrahy. Moshe Mizrahy
co-founded the Company in 2008 and has been our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors since inception. Prior
to that, Mr. Mizrahy was co-founder and chief executive officer of Syneron Medical Ltd., a medical aesthetic device company based in Israel.
Mr. Mizrahy was also the former chief executive officer of Home Skinovations Ltd., an international medical aesthetic consumer devices
company active in the home use market, and is currently the chairman of its board since 2007. In addition to Home Skinovations Ltd., Mr.
Mizrahy currently sits on the board of directors of the following companies: SipNose Ltd., Pet Novations Ltd., Peri-Ness Technologies
Ltd., O.B.-Tools Ltd., Urifer Ltd., Easy Notes Ltd., Escape Rescue Systems Ltd., New Forest Wood Products (2012) Ltd., Med Smart Hub Ltd.,
Ivy Diagnostics (2021)Ltd., M.N. Business Strategy Ltd. and Himalaya Family Office Advising Ltd. Mr. Mizrahy has a B.S. in Engineering
from the Tel Aviv University and an MBA from Pace University, New York.
Yair Malca. Yair Malca has
served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2017. In his previous role, Mr. Malca was the Director of Finance for Jazz Semiconductor,
Inc., a developer of integrated circuits and semiconductors, from 2013 to 2017. Before that, he served as the controller of Syneron from
2008 to 2013, as assistant controller of EZchip Semiconductor, a provider of network processors, from 2007 to 2008, as subsidiary controller
of Bermad, a provider of hydraulic control valves, from 2005 to 2007, and began his career in public accounting at Ernst & Young from
2002 to 2005. Mr. Malca holds a B.A. in Accounting and Economics from Haifa University and an MBA from Tel Aviv University, and is a Certified
Public Accountant in Israel.
Dr. Michael Kreindel. Dr.
Michael Kreindel co-founded the Company in 2008 and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since inception. Dr. Kreindel became a
director for the Company in August 2019. He previously was a co-founder of, and served as CTO of, Syneron Medical Ltd. from 2001 to 2007.
Dr. Kreindel has a Ph.D. in physics and mathematics, and also graduated as an engineer and physicist in experimental and theoretical nuclear
physics from Ural Politechnical Institute, Russia.
Shakil Lakhani. Shakil Lakhani
has served as the President of InMode’s North America division since 2017. Prior to becoming the President of North America for
the Company in August 2017, Mr. Lakhani was previously the Executive Vice President of Sales for North America since February 2017, where
he managed all sales operations and established a new distribution strategy. Mr. Lakhani previously held multiple roles at various levels
at Cynosure, including Director of Sales from September 2013 through January 2017. Mr. Lakhani graduated with a B.A. from the University
of Waterloo.
83
Dr. Hadar Ron, M.D. L.L.B.
Dr. Hadar Ron became a director of the Company in August 2019. Since 2000, Dr. Ron has been the founding and managing partner of Israel
Healthcare Ventures, an Israeli life science venture capital fund. Dr. Ron is also the chief executive officer of the management company
for Israel Healthcare Ventures 2 LP Incorporated, or IHCV2, an Israeli life sciences venture capital fund. Dr. Ron serves as chairperson
of G.I. View Ltd., a medical device company specializing in colorectal screenings, and CyTwist Ltd., an information technology start-up
company, and as a board member of the following companies: Home Skinovations Ltd., SipNose Ltd., Pet Novations Ltd., Peri-Ness Technologies
Ltd., Blender Ltd., O.G.D.H. Ltd., OrSense Ltd., and NanoPass Technologies Ltd. In addition, Dr. Ron serves as an external director of
Together Pharma Ltd. In addition, Dr. Ron serves as a member of the advisory board of the Momentum Fund Tech Transfer of Tel Aviv University,
a board member of BIRAD Ltd., the tech transfer company of Bar Ilan University, and is the chairperson of the scientific advisory board
of Social Finance Israel’s Social Impact Bond for the prevention of diabetes and colon cancer. Dr. Ron is a physician and attorney
by education. She holds M.D. and L.L.B. degrees from Tel Aviv University and has studied at the School of Business Administration at Tel
Aviv University.
Bruce Mann. Mr. Bruce Mann
became a director of the Company in August 2019. Bruce Mann is an independent advisor and consultant on corporate governance, corporate
law, and capital markets matters, primarily for emerging technology companies. He was a senior partner, partner, or senior of counsel
of Morrison & Foerster LLP for 30 years prior to his retirement in 2017. Mr. Mann has been a Governor-at-Large of the National Association
of Securities Dealers (NASD) and a member of the New York Stock Exchange Legal Advisory Committee. He has held numerous positions in the
American Bar Association, including chairing the Senior Lawyers Division, the Federal Regulation of Securities Committee and the Venture
Capital and Private Equity Committee of the ABA Business Law Section. Mr. Mann holds a BBA from the University of Wisconsin and a JD from
the University of Wisconsin Law School.
Dr. Michael Anghel. Dr. Michael
Anghel became a director of the Company in August 2019. Dr. Anghel has served on the board of directors of BiolineRx Ltd. (Nasdaq: BLRX)
since 2010 and on Bioline’s Investment Monitoring Committee since 2010. From 1977 to 1999, he led the Discount Investment Corporation
Ltd. (of the IDB Group) activities in the fields of technology and communications. In 1999, he founded CAP Ventures, an advanced technology
investment company. From 2004 to 2005, Dr. Anghel served as CEO of DCM, the investment banking arm of the Israel Discount Bank (TASE:
DSCT). He currently serves on the board of directors of BiolineRx Ltd. (Nasdaq: BLRX) and as the Chairman of the Audit Committee and the
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee of Ellomay Capital Ltd. {NYSE, TASE : ELLO). Until recently, he served as the chairman of the Center
for Educational Technology and as the Chairman of the board of directors of Lahav Ltd (Tel-Aviv University Executive Program). Prior to
launching his business career, Dr. Anghel served as a full-time member of the Graduate School of Business Administration of the Tel Aviv
University, where he taught finance and corporate strategy. Dr. Anghel holds a B.A. in Economics from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem
and an M.B.A. and Ph.D. in Finance from Columbia University, New York.
Board Diversity
The table below provides certain information regarding the diversity of our board
of directors as of the date of this annual report.
|
Board Diversity Matrix
| ||||
|
Country of Principal Executive Offices: |
Israel | |||
|
Foreign Private Issuer |
Yes | |||
|
Disclosure Prohibited under Home Country Law |
No | |||
|
Total Number of Directors |
5 | |||
|
Female |
Male |
Non-
Binary |
Did Not Disclose Gender | |
|
Part I: Gender Identity |
||||
|
Directors |
1 |
4 |
0 |
0 |
|
Part II: Demographic Background |
||||
|
Underrepresented Individual in Home Country Jurisdiction
|
0 | |||
|
LGBTQ+ |
0 | |||
|
Did Not Disclose Demographic Background |
0 | |||
84
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or officers.
Special Arrangements
There are no special arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers,
suppliers or others, pursuant to which any person referred to above was selected as a director or member of senior management.
| B. |
Compensation |
Employment and Consulting Agreements
We have entered into employment or consulting agreements with all of our executive officers
and key employees. These agreements contain standard provisions for a company in our industry regarding non-solicitation, confidentiality
of information, non-competition and assignment of inventions. Our executive officers will not receive benefits upon the termination of
their respective employment with us, other than mandatory severance payments and payment of salary and benefits (and limited accrual of
vacation days) during the required notice period for termination of their employment, which varies for each individual. The agreements
are terminable by us at will, subject to prior notice, which varies for each individual.
Compensation of Individual Covered Executives
The table and summary below outlines the compensation granted to our five most highly
compensated officeholders (as defined in the Companies Law) with respect to the year ended December 31, 2021. We refer to the five individuals
for whom disclosure is provided herein as our Covered Executives. For purposes of the table and the summary below, “compensation”
includes amounts accrued or paid in connection with salary costs, consulting fees, bonuses, equity-based compensation, retirement or termination
payments, benefits and perquisites such as car, phone and social benefits and any undertaking to provide such compensation. All amounts
reported in the table are in terms of cost to the Company, as recognized in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December
31, 2021, plus compensation paid to such officers following the end of the year in respect of services provided during the year.
85
|
Name and Principal Position |
Salary (1)
(USD in thousands) |
Bonus
(USD in thousands) |
Equity-Based
Compensation (2) (USD in thousands) |
Total
(USD in thousands) |
||||||||||||
|
Shakil Lakhani
President, North America (3)
|
$ |
780 |
$ |
1,895 |
$ |
605 |
$ |
3,280 |
||||||||
|
Dr. Spero Theodorou, M.D
Chief Medical Officer (4)
|
$ |
480 |
$ |
1,360 |
$ |
523 |
$ |
2,363 |
||||||||
|
Yair Malca
Chief Financial Officer (5)
|
$ |
324 |
$ |
201 |
$ |
676 |
$ |
1,201 |
||||||||
|
Alon Yaari VP Operations (6) |
$ |
244 |
$ |
15 |
$ |
287 |
$ |
546 |
||||||||
|
Nava Tal-Launer
Chief Information Officer (7)
|
$ |
180 |
$ |
11 |
$ |
83 |
$ |
274 |
||||||||
| (1) |
Salary includes Covered Executives’ gross salary plus payment of social benefits made by us on behalf of such Covered Executive.
Such benefits may include, to the extent applicable to the Covered Executive, payments, pension, car expenses, medical and other insurances,
401K company contribution, payments for social security and tax gross-up payments, vacation and other benefits consistent with our policies.
|
| (2) |
Represents the share-based compensation expenses recorded in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31,
2021, based on the Share-based Compensation fair value, calculated in accordance with accounting guidance for share-based compensation.
For a discussion of the assumptions used in reaching this valuation, see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements. |
| (3) |
In February 2021, Mr. Lakhani was granted with 30,000 RSUs under our 2018 Incentive Plan, of which 15,000 were vested as of December
31, 2021. In July 2021, Mr. Lakhani was further granted with 3,000 RSUs under our 2018 Incentive Plan, of which 1,500 were vested as of
December 31, 2021. |
| (4) |
In February 2021, Dr. Theodorou was granted with 30,000 RSUs under our 2018 Incentive Plan, of which 15,000 were vested as of December
31, 2021. |
| (5) |
In February 2021, Mr. Malca was granted with 30,000 RSUs under our 2018 Incentive Plan, of which 15,000 were vested as of December
31, 2021. |
| (6) |
In February 2021, Mr. Yaari was granted with 3,200 RSUs under our 2018 Incentive Plan, of which 1,600 were vested as of December
31, 2021. In May 2021, Mr. Yaari was further granted with 6,000 RSUs under our 2018 Incentive Plan, of which 3,000 were vested as of December
31, 2021. |
| (7) |
In February 2021, Ms. Tal-Launer was granted with 3,200 RSUs under our 2018 Incentive Plan, of which 1,600 were vested as of December
31, 2021. |
Compensation of Directors as a Group
The aggregate compensation paid by us to our directors for the year ended December 31,
2021, was approximately $322 thousand, including share-based compensation expenses of approximately $147 thousand. This amount does not
include reimbursements or coverage of expenses.
We do not have any written agreement with any director providing for benefits upon the
termination of such director's relationship with our Company, other than our consultancy agreement with our Chief Executive Officer and
our employment agreement with our Chief Medical Officer.
86
Employee Benefit Plans
2008 Plans
On January 30, 2008, our board of directors adopted the 2008 Israeli Option Plan, or
2008 Israeli Plan, pursuant to the Companies Law and Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, 1961, or the Tax Ordinance, allowing
us to grant options to purchase our ordinary shares to our and our current and future affiliates’ Israeli employees, officers, directors,
consultants, and service providers. Under Israeli law, no shareholder approval was required to approve the 2008 Israeli Plan.
On January 30, 2008, concurrently with the adoption of the 2008 Israeli Plan, our board
of directors also adopted the 2008 Rest of the World Options Plan, or 2008 ROW Plan, allowing us to grant options to purchase our ordinary
shares to our and our current and future affiliates’ non-Israeli employees, consultants and service providers. The 2008 ROW Plan
was approved by our shareholders on March 16, 2008.
Options granted under the 2008 Israeli Plan and 2008 ROW Plan generally vest over a
period of three years, but shorter or longer vesting schedules have been set. Any option that is cancelled or forfeited before expiration
of its vesting period was available for future grants until the expiration of these plans in January 2018. Since that date, shares underlying
any option that is cancelled or forfeited under these plans return to the authorized and un-issued share capital of the company. Additionally,
options under the 2008 Israeli Plan and 2008 ROW Plan generally expire seven years after the initial grant date, unless extended by the
board of directors. Our board of directors has previously extended the expiration period of certain options prior to their original expiration
date. Under the 2008 Israeli Plan, as of December 31, 2021, we have granted options to purchase a total of 4,182,684 ordinary shares,
of which 3,627,406 ordinary shares have been issued upon the exercise of such options and 443,672 options have been expired and forfeited.
Under the 2008 ROW Plan, as of December 31, 2021, we have granted options to purchase a total of 19,204,710 ordinary shares, of which
14,250,810 ordinary shares have been issued upon the exercise of such options and 4,061,994 options have been expired and forfeited. As
of December 31, 2021, 1,003,512 options are exercisable under the 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2008 ROW Plan in the aggregate.
For more information, see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Israeli tax law allows us to choose from among three alternative sets of tax treatment
for our 2008 Israeli Plan and for future plans. In approving the 2008 Israeli Plan, our board of directors selected the capital gains
tax treatment under Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance described below for grants to Israeli employees and other office holders, including
directors. In accordance with the capital gains tax treatment under Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance, the 2008 Israeli Plan allowed for
beneficial tax treatment for options issued through a trustee to Israeli employees and other office holders, including directors, provided
that options granted thereunder or, upon their exercise, the underlying ordinary shares, are held by a trustee for at least two years
following the date of the option grant. Under Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance, Israeli employees and other office holders, including
directors, are (i) entitled to defer any taxable event with respect to the options until the underlying ordinary shares are sold or withdrawn
from the trust, and (ii) subject to capital gains tax of 25% on the sale of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition, we may not recognize
expenses pertaining to the options for Israeli tax purposes.
Under the 2008 ROW Plan, we were able to grant our non-Israeli employees, officers,
directors, consultants and service providers options to purchase our ordinary shares. The 2008 ROW Plan did not allow favorable tax treatment
for our U.S., Canadian and other non-Israeli directors, officers, employees and consultants.
The 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2008 ROW Plan expired in January 2018 and additional grants
may not be made thereunder; however, options granted under such plans prior to their expiration remain valid following such expiration.
87
2018 Incentive Plan
On June 17, 2018, our board of directors adopted a new Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Incentive
Plan, allowing us to grant shares, options to purchase our ordinary shares, restricted shares and restricted share units to our and our
current and future affiliates’ Israeli and other non-U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. In
approving the 2018 Incentive Plan, our board of directors selected the capital gains tax treatment described above for grants to Israeli
employees and other office holders, including directors, under the 2018 Incentive Plan. The 2018 Incentive Plan also includes as an appendix
a sub-plan, or the U.S. Sub-Plan, allowing us to grant shares, options to purchase our ordinary shares, restricted shares and restricted
share units to our and our current and future affiliates’ U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants, and service providers.
Under the 2018 Incentive Plan, as of December 31, 2021, we have granted restricted share
units and options to purchase ordinary shares in a total of 5,703,270, of which 2,822,977 ordinary shares have been issued upon exercise
of such options and 444,998 options and restricted share units have been forfeited and returned to the reserved authorized and unissued
ordinary shares of the company under the 2018 Incentive Plan. The grant above does not include 2,533,300 options, which we granted
during January and February 2021, of which 2,518,300 were cancelled and regranted, in March 2020, following repricing of exercise price,
and 15,000 were forfeited prior to the repricing of those options.
As of December 31, 2021, 1,632,461 options are exercisable and 262,540 restricted share
units are vested and were settled by issuance of respective shares at the beginning of January 2022.
As of December 31, 2021, up to 6,778,000* of our authorized and unissued ordinary shares
may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2018 Incentive Plan. Upon adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, our board of directors resolved
that the number of reserved authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the company for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive
Plan, shall automatically increase on an annual basis in such manner that on the first business day of each calendar year beginning in
2019 such number of reserved ordinary shares equal to the lesser of (i) 800,000 ordinary shares, (ii) three percent (3%) of the number
of ordinary shares outstanding as of such date, or (iii) a lesser number of ordinary shares determined by the board of directors, will
be added to the reserved authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the company for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive
Plan. Accordingly, in January 2021, the number of reserved authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the company for issuance of awards
pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan was last increased by an additional 1,600,000* ordinary shares to 6,778,000*. Awards are made pursuant
to agreements and are subject to vesting and other restrictions as determined by the board of directors or the compensation committee.
In January 2022, our board of directors approved the automatic increase for 2022 calendar year in the number of reserved, authorized and
unissued ordinary shares available for issuance pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan by an additional 800,000 ordinary shares to a total
of 7,578,000. (* The number of awards has been adjusted retroactively to reflect the 2021 Share Split)
The following paragraphs summarize the terms of the 2018 Incentive Plan:
Plan Administration. Our board of directors
or the compensation committee acts as the plan administrator.
Types of Awards. The 2018 Incentive Plan permits
grants of options to purchase ordinary shares, ordinary shares, restricted shares, or restricted share units.
Exercise Period. Options granted under the 2018
Incentive Plan are exercisable for a period of seven years following the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors
or our compensation committee.
Exercise Price. Our board of directors or compensation
committee has discretion in determining the exercise price of awards, subject to certain limitations. The 2018 Incentive Plan provides
procedures for the cashless exercise of options.
Transactions. The 2018 Incentive Plan provides
that in the event of a “Transaction” (which is defined as (i) a merger, acquisition or consolidation of the Company with one
or more other entities in which the Company is not the surviving entity; or (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all,
as determined by our board of directors in its discretion, of the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company; or (iii) a sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by our board of directors in its discretion, of the consolidated assets of the
Company and its affiliates), if the unexercised awards then outstanding under the 2018 Incentive Plan are assumed or substituted for securities
of the successor company pursuant to the Transaction, then the board of directors or compensation committee, in their sole discretion
and subject to applicable laws, may adjust the exercise price and number and type of shares of such unexercised awards to reflect such
assumption and/or substitution. All other terms and conditions of the award agreements shall remain unchanged, including but not limited
to the vesting period. The 2018 Incentive Plan further provides that our board of directors shall have full power and authority to determine
that all outstanding awards shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed or substituted as aforesaid. In
the event that awards are not assumed or substituted by the successor company, our board of directors may provide the participant the
right to exercise the vested awards under such terms and conditions as our board of directors shall determine prior to the Transaction.
In addition, our 2018 Incentive Plan further provides that, subject to any applicable law, our board of directors or our compensation
committee shall have full power and authority to determine that in certain award agreements there shall be a clause providing different
provisions with respect to the vesting period of awards underlying such award agreement or any portion thereof in the event of a Transaction.
88
Termination. The 2018 Incentive Plan provides
that in the event of a participant’s termination of services as an employee, director, consultant or contractor of the Company and/or
its subsidiaries, other than by reason of such participant’s death or disability or due to termination for cause, all options which
are vested upon the date of termination shall be exercisable during a period of 90 days from the date of termination, unless otherwise
determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee. All options that are not vested upon the date of termination shall
terminate immediately. The participant shall forfeit any ordinary shares acquired pursuant to an award of restricted stock that remains
unvested as of the date of termination.
Plan Term. Unless terminated earlier, the 2018
Incentive Plan will continue in effect for a term of ten years from the date of its adoption.
| C. |
Board Practices |
Board of Directors
Under the Companies Law, our board of directors is responsible for setting our general
policies and supervising the performance of management. Our board of directors may exercise all powers and may take all actions that are
not specifically granted to our shareholders or to management. Our executive officers are responsible for our day-to-day management and
have individual responsibilities established by our board of directors. Our Chief Executive Officer is appointed by, and serves at the
discretion of, our board of directors, subject to the terms of the consultancy agreement that we have entered into with him. All other
executive officers who are not directors are appointed by our Chief Executive Officer, and are subject to the terms of any applicable
employment or consultancy agreements that we may enter into with each of them.
Under our amended and restated articles of association, our board of directors must
consist of at least three directors and not more than seven directors. Our board of directors consists of five directors. Our directors
are elected in three staggered classes by the vote of a majority of the ordinary shares present, in person or by proxy, at a shareholders’
meeting (excluding abstentions). Each class of directors consists, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors
constituting the entire board of directors (other than the external directors, if applicable). At each annual general meeting of our shareholders,
the election or re-election of directors following the expiration of the term of office of the directors of that class of directors will
be for a term of office that expires on the third annual general meeting following such election or re-election, such that [from 2020
and after, at each annual general meeting the term of office of only one class of directors will expire]. Each director holds office until
the third annual general meeting of our shareholders, unless the tenure of such director expires earlier pursuant to the Companies Law
or unless removed from office as described below.
Our directors are divided among three classes as follows: the Class I director, consisting
of Dr. Hadar Ron, will hold office until our annual general meeting of shareholders to be held in 2023; the Class II directors, consisting
of Dr. Michael Anghel and Mr. Bruce Mann, will hold office until our annual general meeting of shareholders to be held in 2024; and the
Class III directors, consisting of Mr. Moshe Mizrahy and Dr. Michael Kreindel, will hold office until our annual general meeting of shareholders
to be held in 2022.
The provisions of our amended and restated articles of association relating to the number
of directors, staggered board and election and removal of a director from office prior to the lapse of their tenure may be changed only
by a resolution adopted by two-thirds of our ordinary shares voting on the proposed change.
89
Under the Companies Law, our board of directors is required to employ independent judgment
and discretion when voting, and is prohibited from entering into any voting arrangements with respect to actions taken at meetings of
the board. Further, the Companies Law provides that in the event a director learns about an alleged breach of law or improper conduct
of business relating to a company matter, said director must promptly take action to summon a meeting of the board of directors to address
any such breach.
In accordance with the exemptions available to foreign private issuers under Nasdaq
rules, we do not intend to follow the requirements of Nasdaq rules with regard to the process of nominating directors. Instead, we intend
to follow Israeli law and practice, in accordance with which our board of directors (or a committee thereof) is authorized to recommend
to our shareholders director nominees for election.
In addition, our amended and restated articles of association allow our board of directors
to appoint directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors, including filling empty board seats up to the maximum number of directors
permitted under our amended and restated articles of association, for a term of office equal to the remaining period of the term of office
of each director whose office has been vacated. Vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a vote of a simple majority of the
directors then in office even if they do not constitute a quorum (subject to the limitation on the number of directors and their qualifications).
A director so appointed will hold office until the next applicable annual general meeting of our shareholders in which such director’s
class is to be replaced.
Directors may be removed from office by a resolution at a general meeting of shareholders
adopted by holders of two-thirds of our ordinary shares voting on the proposed removal, provided that the director being removed from
office is given a reasonable opportunity to state his or her case before the general meeting, or under other circumstances set forth in
our amended and restated articles of association. If a director is removed from office as set forth above, the general meeting will be
entitled, in the same session, to elect another director in his or her place subject to the maximum number of directors permitted as stated
above. Should it fail to do so, the board of directors will be entitled to do so. Any director who is appointed in this manner will serve
in office for the remainder of the removed director’s term in office, and will be eligible for re-election.
Under the Companies Law, we would be required to include on our board of directors at
least two members, each of whom qualifies as an external director, and as to whom special qualifications, voting requirements and other
provisions would be applicable. We would also be required to include one such external director on each of our board committees.
However, under regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, Israeli companies whose
shares are traded on stock exchanges such as Nasdaq that do not have a controlling shareholder (as defined therein) and which comply with
the requirements of the jurisdiction where the company’s shares are traded with respect to the appointment of independent directors
and the composition of an audit committee and compensation committee, may elect not to follow the Companies Law requirements with respect
to the composition of its audit committee and compensation committee and the appointment of external directors (provided that in the event
that upon the appointment of a certain director all members of the board of directors of the company are from one and the same gender
only, a director from the opposite gender will be appointed). As we do not have a controlling shareholder, we have elected to comply with
the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our board and such committees, and therefore we are exempt from the Companies
Law requirements with respect thereto, including the appointment of external directors.
Alternate Directors
Our amended and restated articles of association provide, as allowed by the Companies
Law, that any director may, by written notice to us, appoint another person to serve as an alternate director at a meeting of the board
of directors. The alternate director will be regarded as a director. Under the Companies Law, a person who is not qualified to be appointed
as a director, a person who is already serving as a director or a person who is already serving as an alternate director for another director,
may not be appointed as an alternate director, unless otherwise permitted by applicable law. Nevertheless, a director who is already serving
as a director may be appointed as an alternate director for a member of a committee of the board of directors so long as he or she is
not already serving as a member of such committee. The term of appointment of an alternate director may be for one meeting of the board
of directors or until notice is given of the cancellation of the appointment.
90
Leadership Structure of the Board
In accordance with the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association,
our board of directors is required to appoint one of its members to serve as chairman of the board of directors. Mr. Moshe Mizrahy currently
serves as the Chairman of our board of directors.
Under the Companies Law, the chairman of the board of directors or his relatives cannot
be vested with the authority of the chief executive officer of a company, without the approval of a special majority of such company’s
shareholders. The shareholders’ approval can be provided for a period of five years following an initial public offering, and subsequently,
for additional periods of up to three years. The shareholders’ special majority consists of a majority vote of the shares present
and voting at a shareholders meeting, provided that either:
| • |
such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and do not
have a personal interest in approving such resolution that are voted at the meeting, excluding abstentions; or |
| • |
the total number of shares voted by non-controlling shareholders and by shareholders who do not have a personal interest against
approving such resolution does not exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company. |
Our shareholders have duly approved Mr. Moshe Mizrahy serving as both our Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of our board of directors and such approval will be valid for a period of five years following our initial public
offering. The Companies Law also prohibits a direct or indirect subordinate to the chief executive officer of a company from serving as
the chairman of such company’s board of directors.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Under the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, our board
of directors is permitted to form committees, and to delegate to any such committee powers allotted to the board of directors, subject
to certain exceptions. In general, the board of directors may overturn a resolution adopted by a committee it has formed; however, the
board’s decision shall not affect the ability of third parties, who were not aware of such decision, to rely on the committee’s
resolution prior to the time it is overturned. Only members of the board of directors can be members of a board committee, unless the
committee is solely advisory.
Audit and Investment Committee
Our audit and investment committee consists of Dr. Michael Anghel, Dr. Hadar Ron and
Mr. Bruce Mann. Dr. Anghel serves as chairperson of the audit and investment committee.
Israeli Companies Law Requirements
Under the Companies Law, we are required to maintain an audit committee.
Nasdaq Listing Requirements
Under Nasdaq rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at
least three independent directors, each of whom is financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management
expertise.
All members of our audit and investment committee meet the requirements for financial
literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Michael Anghel
is an audit committee financial expert as such term is defined by the SEC rules and has the requisite financial experience as defined
by Nasdaq rules. Each of the members of our audit and investment committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule
10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and satisfies the independent director requirements under Nasdaq rules.
91
Audit and Investment Committee Role
Our audit and investment committee charter was amended in February 2021, to include
additional duties and responsibilities of the audit committee to serve also as the company's investment committee. Our audit and investment
committee charter sets forth the responsibilities of the audit and investment committee consistent with the rules and regulations of the
SEC and Nasdaq rules as well as the requirements for such committee under the Companies Law, including the following:
| • |
oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm and recommending the engagement, compensation or termination of engagement
of our independent registered public accounting firm to the board of directors in accordance with Israeli law; |
| • |
recommending the engagement or termination of the person filling the office of our internal auditor; and |
| • |
recommending the terms of audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm for pre-approval
by our board of directors. |
Our audit and investment committee provides assistance to our board of directors in
fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and
legal compliance functions by pre-approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding
our accounting practices and systems of internal control over financial reporting. Our audit and investment committee also oversees the
audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions that it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the auditors are independent
of management.
Our audit and investment committee also periodically reviews the company's investment
policy and guidelines, the investments made by the company, the company’s investment strategy and its compliance with the company's
investment policy, and suggest to the board of directors modifications to be made to the company's investment policy.
Under the Companies Law, our audit and investment committee is responsible for:
| • |
determining whether there are deficiencies in the business management practices of the Company, including in consultation with our
internal auditor or the independent auditor, and making recommendations to the board of directors to improve such practices; |
| • |
determining whether to approve certain related party transactions (including transactions in which an office holder has a personal
interest and whether such transaction is extraordinary or material under the Companies Law) (see “—Approval of Related Party
Transactions under Israeli Law—Office Holders”); |
| • |
establishing the approval process for certain transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has
a personal interest; |
| • |
where the board of directors approves the working plan of the internal auditor, examining such working plan before its submission
to the board of directors and proposing amendments thereto; |
| • |
examining our internal audit controls and internal auditor’s performance, including whether the internal auditor has sufficient
resources and tools to fulfill his responsibilities; |
| • |
examining the scope of our auditor’s work and compensation and submitting a recommendation with respect thereto to our board
of directors or shareholders, depending on which of them is considering the appointment of our auditor; and |
| • |
establishing procedures for the handling of employees’ complaints as to deficiencies in the management of our business and
the protection to be provided to such employees. |
92
Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee
Following our initial public offering, we established a compensation, nominating and
corporate governance committee. The members of this committee are Mr. Bruce Mann, Dr. Michael Anghel and Dr. Hadar Ron. Mr. Mann serves
as chairperson of the committee.
Israeli Companies Law Requirements
Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint a compensation
committee. The duties of the compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee include the recommendation to our board of directors
of a policy regarding the terms of engagement of office holders (as defined in the Companies Law), to which we refer as a compensation
policy. The term “office holder” is defined under the Companies Law as a chief executive officer (referred to in the Companies
Law as the general manager), chief business manager, deputy general manager, vice general manager, any other person assuming the responsibilities
of any of these positions regardless of that person’s title, a director and any other manager directly subordinate to the general
manager. That policy must be adopted by the board of directors, after considering the recommendations of the compensation, nominating
and corporate governance committee, and needs to be approved by the company’s shareholders, which approval requires what we refer
to as a Special Majority Approval for Compensation. A Special Majority Approval for Compensation requires shareholder approval by a majority
vote of the ordinary shares present and voting at a meeting of shareholders called for such purpose, provided that either: (i) such majority
includes at least a majority of the ordinary shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and do not have a personal
interest in such compensation arrangement, excluding abstentions; or (ii) the total number of ordinary shares of non-controlling shareholders
and shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the compensation arrangement and who vote against the arrangement does not exceed
2% of the company’s aggregate voting rights.
Even if the shareholders do not approve the compensation policy, the board of directors
may resolve to approve the compensation policy if and to the extent the compensation committee and the board determine, in its judgment
following internal discussions and after reconsidering the compensation policy, that approval of the compensation policy is in the best
interests of the company.
93
Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, if a company adopts a compensation
policy in advance of its initial public offering and describes it in its prospectus, then the compensation policy shall be deemed a validly
adopted policy and will remain in effect for a term of five years from the date the company becomes a public company. Our compensation
policy has been approved by our shareholders and, in accordance with the regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, will be in effect
for a period of five years from our initial public offering. In light of revisions to our compensation practices and policies, in January
2020, our Compensation Committee and Board of Directors approved an amended and restated compensation policy, or the Revised Compensation
Policy, which was approved by our shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders. The compensation policy will be
reviewed from time to time by our compensation committee and our board of directors, according to the requirements of the Companies Law.
The compensation policy must serve as the basis for decisions concerning the financial
terms of employment or engagement of office holders, including exculpation, insurance, indemnification or any monetary payment or obligation
of payment in respect of employment or engagement. The compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the
company’s long-term objectives, business plan and policies, and creation of appropriate incentives for office holders. It must also
consider, among other things, the company’s risk management, size and the nature of its operations. The compensation policy must
furthermore consider the following additional factors:
| • |
the education, skills, expertise and accomplishments of the relevant office holder; |
| • |
the office holder’s roles and responsibilities and prior compensation agreements with him or her; |
| • |
the ratio between the cost of the terms offered and the cost of the employment of other employees of the company, including those
employed through outsourcing firms, in particular the ratio between such cost to the average and median salary of such employees of the
company; |
| • |
the impact of disparities in salary upon work relationships in the company; |
| • |
the possibility of reducing variable compensation at the discretion of the board of directors; |
| • |
the possibility of setting a limit on the exercise value of non-cash variable equity-based compensation; and |
| • |
as to severance compensation, the period of service of the office holder, the terms of his or her compensation during such service
period, the company’s performance during that period of service, the person’s contribution towards the company’s achievement
of its goals and the maximization of its profits, and the circumstances under which the person is leaving the company. |
The compensation policy must also include the following principles:
| • |
with the exception of office holders who report directly to the chief executive officer, determining the link between variable compensation
and long-term performance and measurable criteria; however, the company may determine that an immaterial part of the variable components
of an office holder’s compensation package shall be awarded based on non-measurable criteria, if such amount is not higher than
three months’ salary per annum, while taking into account such office holder’s contribution to the company; |
| • |
the ratio between variable and fixed compensation, and the ceiling for the value of variable compensation at the time of their payment,
or in the case of share-based compensation, at the time of grant; |
| • |
the conditions under which an office holder would be required to repay compensation paid to him or her if it was later shown that
the data upon which such compensation was based was inaccurate and was restated in the company’s financial statements; |
| • |
the minimum holding or vesting period for variable, equity-based compensation while referring to an appropriate long-term perspective
based incentives; and |
| • |
maximum limits for retirement payments. |
94
Our compensation policy is designed to promote retention and motivation of directors
and executive officers. Additionally, our compensation policy is designed to align the interests of our directors and executive officers
with our long-term performance and serves as a risk management tool. Under our compensation policy, a portion of an executive officer’s
compensation package is targeted to reflect our short- and long-term goals as well as the executive officer’s individual performance.
Our compensation policy also includes measures designed to reduce an executive officer’s incentives to take excessive risks that
may harm us in the long term. Such measures include limits on the value of cash bonuses and equity-based compensation for executive officers,
limits on the ratio between an executive officer’s variable and total compensation, and minimum vesting periods for equity-based
compensation.
Our compensation policy takes into account an executive officer’s individual characteristics,
such as his or her respective position, educational background, scope of responsibilities and contributions to the attainment of our goals,
as the basis for compensation variation among our executive officers and considers the internal ratios between compensation of our executive
officers and directors and other employees.
Pursuant to our compensation policy, compensation that may be granted to an executive
officer may include base salary, an annual bonus, other cash bonuses (such as a signing bonus or special bonus for special achievements,
such as an outstanding personal achievement, outstanding personal effort or outstanding company performance), equity-based compensation,
benefits and retirement compensation and termination of service arrangements. All cash bonuses are limited to a maximum amount linked
to the executive officer’s base salary. In addition, the total variable compensation components (cash bonuses and equity-based compensation)
may not exceed 90% of each executive officer’s total compensation package with respect to any given calendar year.
An annual cash bonus may be awarded to executive officers upon the attainment of pre-set
periodic objectives and individual targets. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to our executive officers (excluding our chief executive
officer) will be based on performance objectives and a discretionary evaluation of the executive officer’s overall performance by
our chief executive officer and is subject to minimum thresholds. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to executive officers (excluding
our chief executive officer) may be based entirely on a discretionary evaluation. Furthermore, our chief executive officer will be entitled
to recommend performance objectives, and such performance objectives will be approved by our compensation committee and, if required by
law, by our board of directors.
The performance-measurable objectives of our chief executive officer will be determined
annually by our compensation committee and board of directors. Such objectives will include the weight assigned to each achievement in
the overall evaluation. A less significant portion of the chief executive officer’s annual cash bonus may be based on a discretionary
evaluation of the chief executive officer’s overall performance by the compensation committee and the board of directors based on
quantitative and qualitative criteria.
Under our compensation policy, equity-based compensation for executive officers (including
members of our board of directors) is designed in a manner consistent with the underlying objectives in determining such person’s
annual cash bonus; namely, to enhance the alignment between such person’s interests with the company’s long-term interests
and those of our shareholders and to strengthen the retention and motivation of such persons in the medium to long term.
Our compensation policy provides for executive officer’s compensation to be in
the form of share options or other equity-based awards, such as restricted shares and restricted share units, in accordance with our share
incentive plan then in place. All equity-based incentives granted to executive officers shall be subject to vesting periods in order to
promote long-term retention of the awarded executive officers.
Equity-based compensation shall be granted from time to time and will be individually
determined and awarded based on the performance, educational background, prior business experience, qualifications, role and the personal
responsibilities of the executive officer.
In addition, our compensation policy contains compensation recovery provisions that
allow the company, under certain conditions, to recover bonuses paid in excess. Moreover, the compensation policy enables our chief executive
officer to approve immaterial changes to the terms of an executive officer’s employment (provided that the changes of the terms
of employment are in accordance our compensation policy) and allows the company to exculpate, indemnify and insure our executive officers
and directors subject to certain limitations.
Our compensation policy also provides for compensation for the members of our board
of directors to be determined either (i) in accordance with the amounts set forth in the Companies Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation
and Expenses of an External Director) of 2000, as amended by the Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange
Outside of Israel) of 2000, as such regulations may be amended from time to time, or (ii) in accordance with the amounts determined in
our compensation policy.
95
Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Roles
The compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for (i)
recommending the compensation policy to our board of directors for its approval (and subsequent approval by our shareholders) and (ii)
undertaking duties related to the compensation policy and to the compensation of our office holders, including:
| • |
recommending whether a compensation policy should continue in effect, if the then-current policy has a term of greater than five
years from the company’s initial public offering, or otherwise three years (approval of either a new compensation policy or the
continuation of an existing compensation policy must in any case occur five years from the company’s initial public offering, or
otherwise every three years); |
| • |
recommending to the board of directors periodic updates to the compensation policy; |
| • |
assessing implementation of the compensation policy; |
| • |
determining whether to approve the terms of compensation of certain office holders which, according to the Companies Law, require
the committee’s approval; and |
| • |
determining whether the compensation terms of a candidate for the position of the chief executive officer of the company needs to
be brought to approval of the shareholders according to the Companies Law. |
Our compensation, nominating and corporate governance charter sets forth the responsibilities
of the compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee, which include:
| • |
the responsibilities set forth in the compensation policy; |
| • |
reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards to the extent such authority is delegated by our board
of directors; and |
| • |
reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors. |
In addition, our compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible
for:
| • |
overseeing our corporate governance functions on behalf of the board; |
| • |
making recommendations to the board regarding corporate governance issues; |
| • |
identifying and evaluating candidates to serve as our directors consistent with the criteria approved by the board; |
| • |
reviewing and evaluating the performance of the board; |
| • |
serving as a focal point for communication between director candidates, non-committee directors and our management;
|
| • |
selecting or recommending to the board for selection candidates to the board; and |
| • |
making other recommendations to the board regarding affairs relating to our directors. |
96
Internal Auditor
Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of an Israeli public company must appoint
an internal auditor recommended by the audit committee. An internal auditor may not be:
| • |
a person (or a relative of a person) who holds more than 5% of the company’s outstanding shares or voting rights; |
| • |
a person (or a relative of a person) who has the power to appoint a director or the general manager of the company; |
| • |
an office holder (including a director) of the company (or a relative thereof); or |
| • |
a member of the company’s independent accounting firm, or anyone on its behalf. |
The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, our compliance with
applicable law and orderly business procedures, and to report to the chief executive officer, the chairman of the board and the chairman
of the audit committee. The internal auditor is entitled to receive notice of audit committee meetings and to participate in them. In
addition, the internal auditor may request that the chairman of the audit committee convene a meeting within a reasonable time to discuss
an issue raised by the internal auditor. The internal auditor is responsible for preparing a proposal for an annual or periodical audit
plan and submit such plan to the board of directors or the audit committee for their approval. Following the closing of our initial public
offering we appointed Mr. Oren Grupi, CPA, who serves as partner at KPMG Somech Chaikin, as our internal auditor.
Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law
Office Holders
The Companies Law codifies the fiduciary duties that office holders owe to a company.
Each person listed in the table above under “Item 6A. Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Directors and Senior Management”
who is engaged by us is an office holder under the Companies law.
Fiduciary duties. An office holder’s fiduciary
duties consist of a duty of loyalty and a duty of care. The duty of loyalty requires the office holder to act in good faith and for the
benefit of the company, and includes, among other things, the duty to avoid any conflict of interest between the office holder’s
position in the company and personal affairs, and proscribes any competition with the company or the exploitation of any business opportunity
of the company in order to receive personal advantage for himself or herself or others. This duty also requires him or her to reveal to
the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs that the office holder has received due to his or her
position as an office holder. The duty of care requires an office holder, among other things, to act with a level of care that a reasonable
office holder in the same position would employ under the same circumstances. This includes the duty to use reasonable means to obtain
information regarding the advisability of a given action submitted for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position
and all other relevant information pertaining to these actions. We may approve an act specified above which would otherwise constitute
a breach of an office holder’s duty of loyalty, provided that the office holder acted in good faith, the act or its approval does
not harm the Company, and the office holder discloses his or her personal interest, including any related material information or document,
in a timely manner before the date for discussion of approval of such act. Any such approval is subject to the terms of the Companies
Law, setting forth, among other things, the appropriate parties of the company entitled to provide such approval, and the methods of obtaining
such approval.
Disclosure of personal interest. The Companies
Law requires that an office holder promptly disclose to the company any personal interest that he or she may have and all related documents
and material information known to him or her, in connection with any existing or proposed transaction by the company. “Personal
interest,” as defined by the Companies Law, includes a personal interest of any person in an act or transaction of the company,
including a personal interest of his or her relative or of a corporate body in which that person or a relative of that person is a 5%
or greater shareholder, a holder of 5% or more of the voting rights, a director or chief executive officer, or in which he or she has
the right to appoint at least one director or the chief executive officer. “Personal interest” does not apply to a personal
interest stemming merely from one’s ownership of shares in the company. A personal interest also includes (1) a personal interest
of a person who votes according to a proxy of another person, including in the event that the other person has no personal interest, and
(2) a personal interest of a person who gave a proxy to another person to vote on his or her behalf, regardless of whether or not the
discretion of how to vote lies with the person voting.
97
The office holder must make the disclosure of his personal interest promptly and no
later than the first meeting of the company’s board of directors that discusses the particular transaction. This duty to disclose
such information does not apply if the personal interest of the office holder derives solely from the personal interest of a relative
of the office holder in a transaction unless it is an “extraordinary transaction”. The Companies Law defines an extraordinary
transaction as a transaction not in the ordinary course of business, not on market terms or that is likely to have a material impact on
the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities, and defines a relative as a spouse, sibling, parent, grandparent, descendent,
spouse’s descendant, sibling or parent, and the spouse of any of the foregoing.
Approvals of related party transactions. The
Companies Law provides that a transaction with an office holder or a transaction in which an office holder has a personal interest may
not be approved if it is adverse to the company’s interest. In addition, such a transaction generally requires board approval, unless
the transaction is an extraordinary transaction or the articles of association provide otherwise and provided that the transaction is
in the company’s interest and is performed by the office holder in good faith. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction,
first the audit committee and then the board of directors, in that order, must approve the transaction. Under certain circumstances, shareholder
approval may also be required. Generally, a director (and any person in general) who has a personal interest in an extraordinary transaction
that is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee may not attend that meeting or vote on that matter, unless
(1) the chairman of the audit committee or board of directors (as applicable) determines that he or she should be present to present the
transaction that is subject to approval, or (2) a majority of the board of directors or the audit committee, as the case may be, also
has a personal interest in the matter then, in such event, all directors may participate in discussions of the audit committee or the
board of directors (as applicable) on such transaction and the voting on approval thereof. If a majority of the board of directors or
the audit committee has a personal interest in the transaction, shareholder approval also would be required for the approval of such transaction.
See “-Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law-Office Holders-Approval of office holders’ compensation”.
Approval of office holders’ compensation. The
compensation of, or an undertaking to indemnify or insure, an office holder who is not a director generally requires approval first by
our compensation committee, then by our board of directors. If the compensation arrangement or undertaking to indemnify or insure is inconsistent
with our compensation policy, or if the office holder is the chief executive officer (apart from a number of specific exceptions), then
the arrangement is further subject to a Special Majority Approval for Compensation. If the shareholders of a company do not approve the
compensation terms of office holders at a meeting of the shareholders, other than directors, the compensation committee and board of directors
may override the shareholders’ decision, subject to certain conditions. Arrangements regarding the compensation, indemnification
or insurance of a director require the approval of the compensation committee, board of directors and shareholders by simple majority,
in that order, and under certain circumstances, a Special Majority Approval for Compensation.
Controlling Shareholders
The Companies Law imposes the same disclosure requirements, as described above, on a
controlling shareholder of a public company that it imposes on an office holder. For these purposes, a controlling shareholder is any
shareholder that has the ability to direct the company’s actions, including any shareholder holding 25% or more of the voting rights
if no other shareholder owns more than 50% of the voting rights in the company. Two or more shareholders with a personal interest in the
approval of the same transaction are deemed to be one shareholder.
Approval of the audit committee or the compensation committee (with respect to compensation
arrangements) as the case may be, the board of directors and our shareholders is required for:
| • |
extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, including
a private placement in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest; and |
98
| • |
transactions for the provision of services, whether directly or indirectly, by a controlling shareholder or his or her relative,
or a company such controlling shareholder controls, and transactions concerning the terms of engagement of a controlling shareholder or
a controlling shareholder’s relative, whether as an office holder or an employee. |
The shareholder approval must include the majority of shares voted at the meeting. In
addition, either:
| • |
at least a majority of the shares held by the shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and are present and voting
at the meeting must be voted in favor of approving the transaction, excluding abstentions; or |
| • |
the total shareholdings of those who have no personal interest in the transaction and who vote against the transaction must not represent
more than 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company. |
In addition, any extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder or in which
a controlling shareholder has a personal interest with a term of more than three years, and under certain conditions, five years from
a company’s initial public offering, requires the abovementioned approval at the end of such period; however, such transactions
not involving the receipt of services or compensation can be approved for a longer term, provided that the audit committee determines
that such longer term is reasonable under the circumstances.
Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, certain transactions with
a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, or with directors or other office holders, that would otherwise require approval of
a company’s shareholders, may be exempt from shareholder approval upon certain conditions.
99
Shareholder Duties
Under the Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary
manner towards the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing his or her power in the company including, among other things,
when voting in a general meeting of shareholders or in a class meeting on the following matters:
| • |
an amendment to the articles of association; |
| • |
an increase in the company’s authorized share capital; |
| • |
a merger; or |
| • |
approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval. |
A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders.
The remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply to a breach
of the shareholder duties mentioned above, and in the event of discrimination against other shareholders, additional remedies may be available
to the injured shareholder.
In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder who knows that it possesses
the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who, under the company’s articles of association, has
the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder in the company, or has any other power with respect to the company,
is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty of fairness except
to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with
fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in the company into account. There is limited case law available to assist in understanding
the nature of these duties or the implications of these provisions.
Approval of Private Placements
Under the Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, a private placement
of securities does not require approval at a general meeting of the shareholders of a company; provided however, that in special circumstances,
such as a private placement completed in lieu of a special tender offer (see “Item 10.—Additional Information—B. Articles
of Association”) or a private placement which qualifies as a related party transaction (see “Item 6.—Directors, Senior
Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli law”), approval at
a general meeting of the shareholders of a company is required.
Exculpation, Indemnification and Insurance of Directors and Officers
Our amended and restated articles of association allow us to indemnify, exculpate and
insure our office holders, either pursuant to an undertaking made in advance of an event or following an event, to the fullest extent
permitted by the Companies Law, the Israeli Securities Law, 5738-1968, or the Securities Law, and the Economic Competition Law, 5748-1988,
or the Economic Competition Law, in respect of liabilities, payments and expenses incurred for acts performed and omissions committed
as an office holder. Our articles of association also allow us to exculpate, insure or indemnify any person who is not an office holder,
including any employee, agent, consultant or contractor who is not an office holder.
Under the Companies Law, the Securities Law and the Economic Competition Law, a company
may indemnify an office holder against the following liabilities, payments and expenses incurred in his or her capacity as an office holder,
either in advance of the act or following the act, provided its articles of association authorize such indemnification:
| • |
a monetary liability incurred by or imposed on him or her in favor of another person pursuant to a judgment, including a settlement
or arbitration award approved by a court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder with respect to such liability is provided
in advance, then such an undertaking must be limited to events which, in the opinion of the board of directors, can be foreseen based
on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount, or according to criteria, determined by
the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances. Such undertaking shall detail the foreseen events and amount or criteria
mentioned above; |
100
| • |
reasonable litigation expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder (i) as a result of an investigation
or proceeding instituted against him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that (a)
no indictment was filed against such office holder as a result of such investigation or proceeding, and (b) no financial liability was
imposed upon him or her as a substitute for a criminal proceeding against them as a result of such investigation or proceeding or, if
such financial liability was imposed, it was imposed with respect to an offense that did not require proof of criminal intent; and (ii)
in connection with a monetary sanction; |
| • |
reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or imposed by a court in proceedings
instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf, or by a third party, or in connection with criminal proceedings in which
the office holder was acquitted, or as a result of a conviction for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; |
| • |
expenses incurred by the office holder with respect to proceedings held pursuant to certain provisions of the Economic Competition
Law; |
| • |
a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a payment for a breach offended at an Administrative Procedure (as
defined below) as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Securities Law; |
| • |
expenses expended by the office holder with respect to an Administrative Procedure under the Securities Law, including reasonable
litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees; and |
| • |
any other obligation or expense in respect of which it is permitted or will be permitted under applicable law to indemnify an office
holder, including, without limitation, matters referenced in Section 56H(b)(1) of the Securities law. |
An “Administrative Procedure” is defined as a procedure pursuant to Chapters
H3 (Monetary Sanction by the Israeli Securities Authority), H4 (Administrative Enforcement Procedures of the Administrative Enforcement
Committee) or Il (Arrangement to Prevent Procedures or Interruption of Procedures Subject to Conditions) of the Securities Law.
Under the Companies Law, the Securities Law and the Economic Competition Law, a company
may obtain insurance for an office holder against the following liabilities incurred in his or her capacity as an office holder, to the
extent provided in the company’s articles of association:
| • |
a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to
believe that the act would not harm the company; |
| • |
a breach of the duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct
of the office holder; |
| • |
a financial liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party; |
| • |
expenses incurred by the office holder with respect to proceedings held pursuant to certain provisions of the Economic Competition
Law; |
| • |
a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of an injured party at an Administrative Procedure pursuant to Section
52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Securities Law; and |
| • |
expenses incurred by an office holder in connection with an Administrative Procedure, including reasonable litigation expenses and
reasonable attorneys’ fees. |
Under the Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability
for a breach of the duty of loyalty. A company may exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or part,
for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of the duty of care, but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is
included in its articles of association. A company may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising out of a breach of a
duty of care with respect to a distribution.
101
Under the Companies Law, however, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an
office holder against any of the following:
| • |
a breach of the duty of loyalty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company to the
extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company;
|
| • |
a breach of the duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the
office holder; |
| • |
an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or |
| • |
a fine, civil fine, monetary sanction or forfeit levied against the office holder. |
The Securities Law and the Economic Competition Law also provide certain limitations
on the ability of a company to indemnify, exculpate and insure office holders.
We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit
of our office holders and intend to continue to maintain such coverage and pay all premiums thereunder to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law. In addition, we have entered into agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, exculpating them from
a breach of their duty of care to us to the fullest extent permitted by law, and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted
by law. Such indemnification is in addition to any amounts available under our directors’ and office holders’ liability insurance
policy. Each office holder who agreed to receive this letter of indemnification also agreed to give his or her approval to terminate all
previous letters of indemnification that we have provided to him or her, if any. The maximum and aggregate indemnification amount for
all current and future indemnified persons under such agreements is the greater of (i) an amount equal to 25% of our shareholders’
equity on a consolidated basis, based on our most recent financial statements made publicly available before the date on which the indemnity
payment is made and (ii) $40 million.
| D. |
Employees |
As of December 31, 2021, we had 362 employees worldwide, across five departments, including
four employees on the executive team, 13 employees in finance and administration, 239 employees in sales and marketing, 25 employees in
research and development and 81 employees in manufacturing and assembly and supply chain. As of December 31, 2021, 222 of our employees
are located in the United States and Canada, 81 are located in Israel and the remainder are located in Europe, Asia and Latin America.
We believe our employee relations are good.
Israeli labor laws govern the length of the workday, minimum wages for employees, procedures
for hiring and dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual leave, sick days, advance notice of termination of employment,
equal opportunity and antidiscrimination laws, and other conditions of employment. Subject to certain exceptions, Israeli law generally
requires severance pay upon the retirement, death or dismissal of employees and requires us and our employees to make payments to the
National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the U.S. Social Security Administration. Our Israeli employees have pension plans that
comply with applicable Israeli legal requirements, which also include the mandatory pension payments required by applicable law and allocation
of severance pay.
While none of our Israeli employees work under any collective bargaining agreements,
certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor Law in Israel) and the Coordination
Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our employees in Israel by extension
orders issued by the Israeli Ministry of Economy and Industry. These provisions primarily affect such matters as length of working hours
and workweek, recuperation pay, travel expenses and pension rights with respect to our Israeli employees.
All of our employment and consulting agreements include employees’ and consultants’
undertakings with respect to confidentiality, noncompetition and assignment to us of intellectual property rights developed in the course
of their employment or engagement with us. However, there can be no assurance that these agreements will be enforceable or that they will
provide us with adequate protection.
102
| E. |
Share Ownership |
The beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the
rules of the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power,
which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of
or to direct the disposition of the security. For purposes of the table below, we deem ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options, restricted
share units or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2021, if any, to be outstanding and
to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options, restricted share units or warrants for the purposes of computing the percentage
ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise noted below, each shareholder’s address is do InMode Ltd., Tavor
Building, Sha’ar Yokneam, P.O. Box 533, Yokneam 2069200, Israel.
|
Name of Beneficial Owner: |
Number of
Ordinary Shares
|
Percentage(1)
|
||||||
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers |
||||||||
|
Dr. Michael Kreindel(2)
|
3,464,762 |
4.17 |
% | |||||
|
Moshe Mizrahy(3)
|
2,006,030 |
2.41 |
% | |||||
|
Dr. Hadar Ron, M.D.(4)
|
97,030 |
* |
||||||
|
Bruce Mann(5)
|
71,940 |
* |
||||||
|
Dr. Michael Anghel (6)
|
31,000 |
* |
||||||
|
Yair Malca(7)
|
59,164 |
* |
||||||
|
Shakil Lakhani(8)
|
16,500 |
* |
||||||
|
Total for all directors and executive officers as a group (7 persons) |
5,746,426 |
6.92 |
% | |||||
| * |
Represents less than 1.0%. |
| (1) |
Percentage ownership is based on 82,978,115 ordinary shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares) as of December 31, 2021. and
(ii) restricted share units and options to purchase ordinary shares in a total of 111,164 exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2021,
of our officers, directors and major shareholders (see “Item 7A. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions-Major Shareholders”).
|
| (2) |
Consists of 3,464,762 ordinary shares. |
| (3) |
Consists of 2,006,030 ordinary shares. |
| (4) |
Consists of: (i) 66,030 ordinary shares, (ii) options to purchase 30,000 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31,
2021, with an exercise price of $7. These options expire on August 13, 2026, and (iii) 1,000 restricted share units vested within 60 days
of December 31, 2021. |
| (5) |
Consists of: (i) 70,940 ordinary shares, and (ii) 1,000 restricted share units vested within 60 days of December 31, 2021.
|
| (6) |
Consists of: (i) options to purchase 30,000 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2021, with an exercise price
of $7. These options expire on August 13, 2026, and (ii) 1,000 restricted share units vested within 60 days of December 31, 2021.
|
| (7) |
Consists of: (i) 27,500 ordinary shares, (ii) options to purchase 16,664 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31,
2021, with an exercise price of $9.85. These options expire on March 14, 2027, and (iii) 15,000 restricted share units vested within 60
days of December 31, 2021. |
| (8) |
Consists of 16,500 restricted share units vested within 60 days of December 31, 2021. |
103
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
| A. |
Major Shareholders |
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership
of our outstanding ordinary shares, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, by each person or entity who we know beneficially
owns 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares. For purposes of the table below, we deem ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options,
restricted share units or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Annual Report on Form
20-F, if any, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options, restricted share units or warrants for
the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing
the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentages for table below are based on 82,978,115 ordinary shares (excluding treasury
shares) outstanding as of December 31, 2021, and options to purchase ordinary shares and restricted share units in a total of 111,164
exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2021, of our officers, directors and major shareholders (see “Item 6E. Directors, Senior
Management and Employees-Share Ownership”).
As of December 27, 2021, we have approximately 94,924 shareholders of record of our
ordinary shares, approximately 90,089 of which are U.S. persons. These U.S. persons hold approximately 65% of our outstanding share capital.
The actual number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of shareholders of record because a large portion of our
ordinary shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of shareholders of record also does not include shareholders
whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
None of our shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders. We are
not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of the Company.
|
Number of
Ordinary Shares |
Percentage |
|||||||
|
BoomerangFX International SRL (1)
|
8,123,440 |
9.78 |
% | |||||
|
(1) |
BoomerangFX International SRL, a Barbados society with restricted liability (“BoomerangFX”),
directly owned 8,123,440 ordinary shares of the company. BoomerangFX is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of I.V.C. Enterprises SRL,
a Barbados society with restricted liability (“IVC”), which is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of NEV Property Investments
SRL, a Barbados society with restricted liability (“NEV”). NEV is 100% owned by Dr. Stephen Mulholland (together with
NEV, IVC and BoomerangFX, the “Reporting Persons”). Although the ordinary shares are directly owned by BoomerangFX,
each of the Reporting Persons may be deemed to beneficially own such ordinary shares. The address for each of the reporting persons is
#15 Maxwell Main Road, Christ Church, Barbados BB15042. |
| B. |
Related Party Transactions |
Relationship with Home Skinovations Ltd.
Mr. Moshe Mizrahy, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors,
is a substantial shareholder and board member of Home Skinovations, and Dr. Hadar Ron, one of our directors, serves on the board of directors
of Home Skinovations.
Home Skinovations is involved in the development, manufacture and distribution of home-use
light-based devices for aesthetic applications, which include hair removal, anti-aging, microdermabrasion, cellulite and acne treatments.
Except as detailed below, we have no commitments to, or agreements with, Home Skinovations or any of its subsidiaries, including with
respect to any mutual research and development, indebtedness, financing, debt or credit lines, or any jointly-owned intellectual property
or like arrangements, and we do not share tangible or intangible assets with Home Skinovations or any of its subsidiaries. Any future
agreements with Home Skinovations must be reviewed and approved by our audit committee and board of directors.
104
Service Agreements
We receive certain services from, and provide certain services to, Home Skinovations.
We do not consider these services to be material. The services include an office sublease in Israel, mobile phone services, use of certain
computer hardware and switchboard infrastructure, certain software licenses and limited personnel services. In relation to these services,
Home Skinovations invoiced us approximately $239 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2021, and the Canadian subsidiary of Home Skinovations
invoiced our Canadian subsidiary approximately $433 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2021, for these services.
Asset Purchase Agreement
In February 2022, following approval by our audit committee and our board of directors,
we have entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Home Skinovations, whereby Home Skinovations sold and assigned to us all of Home
Skinovations' right, title and interest in and to Home Skinovations' Spa segment assets (including molds, tooling, inventory and trademarks)
and further granted us an exclusive license to certain IP rights of Home Skinovations, all the foregoing in consideration for an aggregate
amount of $497 thousand.
Relationship with SpaMedica International SRL
We receive certain marketing services from SpaMedica International SRL, which was amalgamated
with a sister company into our major shareholder, BoomerangFX International SRL during 2021, with BoomerangFX International SRL surviving,
and its related party, SpaMedica Corp. We recorded expenses related to those services in the amount of $172 thousand for the year ended
December 31, 2021.
Relationship with Himalaya Family Office Consulting Ltd.
Mr. Moshe Mizrahy, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors,
is a minor shareholder and board member of Himalaya Family Office Consulting Ltd., a company engaged in providing global investment portfolio
management and risk management & analysis services.
We receive certain investment portfolio management services from Himalaya Family Office
Consulting Ltd., with respect to part of our investment portfolio, and recorded expenses related to those services in the amount of $90
thousand for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Agreements and Arrangements with Directors and Executive Officers
We have entered into written employment or consulting agreements with each of our
executive officers. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – B. Compensation – Employment and Consulting
Agreements”.
Members of our board of directors are entitled to certain compensation for their services.
See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices – Committees of the Board of Directors
– Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee”.
Options
Since our inception, we have granted options to purchase our
ordinary shares to our executive officers and certain of our directors. The options are generally subject to the further terms of the
respective option plans, which we describe under “ITEM 6.B. Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans”.
105
RSUs (restricted
share units)
Under the 2018 Incentive Plan, we have granted RSUs to our executive
officers and certain of our directors. The RSUs are generally subject to the further terms of the 2018 Incentive Plan, which we describe
under “ITEM 6.B. Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans – 2018 Incentive Plan”.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our current directors,
office holders and other executives exculpating them from a breach of their duty of care to us to the fullest extent permitted by law
and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law. See “Item 6C. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board
Practices—Exculpation, Indemnification and Insurance of Directors and Officers” for additional information.
| C. |
Interests of Experts and Counsel |
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
| A. |
Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information |
See “Item 18. Financial Statements”.
Legal Proceedings
In April 2018, Syneron-Candela filed claims with the International Trade Commission
and with MGH in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against our U.S. and Israeli subsidiaries, alleging
that our fractional RF products infringed two U.S. patents owned by Syneron-Candela and MGH that purport to cover systems and methods
for treating skin and arranging electrodes on skin therapy devices. In January 2019, we entered into a settlement agreement with Syneron-Candela
and MGH that resolved all patent claims previously in dispute in exchange for a one-time cash payment that we made to Syneron-Candela
and MGH in February 2019. As part of such settlement agreement, we entered into a sublicense agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that
granted us and our affiliates a fully paid non-exclusive, royalty-free worldwide sublicense to practice the patents and applications previously
in dispute in the licensed field. The sublicense shall continue until the expiration of the last surviving patent or application granted
pursuant to the sublicense agreement.
On March 16, 2021 we filed a complaint with the United States International Trade Commission
(“ITC”) alleging ILOODA's fractional radio frequency (“RF”) microneedling system, distributed in the United States
by Cutera, Inc., infringes on our U.S. Patent No. 10,799,285. Additionally, we requested that the ITC investigate ILOODA's infringing
imports and issue an exclusion order to bar importation of ILOODA’s microneedling system. On November 22, 2021 we reached a settlement
agreement with ILOODA and, accordingly, filed an agreed motion to terminate the investigation.
We may be party from time to time to various other lawsuits, claims and other legal
proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. There can be no assurance that matters that arise in the future, individually
or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
| B. |
Significant Changes |
Since December 31, 2021, no significant changes have occurred.
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
| A. |
Offer and Listing Details |
Our ordinary shares have been trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol
“INMD” since August 8, 2019. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our ordinary shares.
106
| B. |
Plan of Distribution |
Not applicable.
| C. |
Markets |
Our ordinary shares trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “INMD”.
| D. |
Selling Shareholders |
Not applicable.
| E. |
Dilution |
Not applicable.
| F. |
Expenses of the Issue |
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
| A. |
Share Capital |
Not applicable.
| B. |
Articles of Association |
The information set forth in our Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC
on July 11, 2019 (File No.: 333-232615), under the heading “Description of Share Capital” is incorporated herein by reference.
| C. |
Material Contracts |
UK Exchange Agreement
On April 23, 2021, the Company, Dilazar Limited (“Dilazar”), Wigmore and
Invasix UK entered into a share exchange agreement (the “UK Exchange Agreement”) whereby, Dilazar (which owned 49% of the
Invasix UK’s shares immediately prior to the UK Exchange Agreement, which shares were previously transferred to Dilazar from its
wholly-owned subsidiary Wigmore) sold to the Company all of its outstanding share capital in Invasix UK and Wigmore sold to the Company
all of its rights pursuant to the Founders Memorandum of Understanding, dated March 4, 2014, by and between Wigmore and the Company, in
exchange for the issuance at closing to Dilazar by the Company in a private placement of 457,912 of the Company’s ordinary shares,
par value NIS 0.01. Upon closing, in May 2021, 457,912 of the Company’s ordinary shares were issued to Dilazar from the Company’s
treasury shares.
For a summary of other material contracts, see “Item 7B. Major Shareholders and
Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions” and “Item 19. Exhibits” no – 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, 4.11,
4.12, 4.13, 4.16 and 4.17.
| D. |
Exchange Controls |
There are no Israeli government laws, decrees or regulations that restrict or that affect
our export or import of capital or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our securities,
including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, except or otherwise as set forth
under “Item 10E. Additional Information — Taxation”.
107
| E. |
Taxation |
The following description is not intended to constitute a complete
analysis of all tax consequences relating to the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares, both referred to in this Item 10E as
the ordinary shares. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation, as well as
any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign, including Israeli, or other taxing jurisdiction.
Material Israeli Tax Considerations
The following is a summary of the material Israeli tax laws applicable to us, and some
Israeli Government programs benefiting us. This section also contains a discussion of some Israeli tax consequences to persons acquiring
ordinary shares. This summary does not discuss all the acts of Israeli tax law that may be relevant to a particular investor in light
of his or her personal investment circumstances or to some types of investors subject to special treatment under Israeli law. Examples
of this kind of investor include residents of Israel, traders in securities or persons that own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of
our outstanding voting capital, all of whom are subject to special tax regimes not covered in this discussion. To the extent that the
discussion is based on new tax legislation which has not yet been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, we cannot assure
you that Israeli governmental and tax authorities or the Israeli courts will accept the views expressed below. The discussion below is
subject to amendment under Israeli law or changes to the applicable judicial or administrative interpretations of Israeli law, which could
affect the tax consequences described below. The discussion should not be construed as legal or professional tax advice and does not cover
all possible tax considerations.
Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli or
other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including, in particular, the effect of any
foreign, state or local taxes.
General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel
Israeli companies are generally subject to tax on their taxable income at the corporate
tax rate of 23% in 2018 and thereafter. Capital gains derived by an Israeli resident company are subject to tax at the regular corporate
tax rate.
Tax Benefits under the Law for the Encouragement
of Capital Investments, 5719-1959
The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, or the Investment Law,
provides certain incentives for capital investments in production facilities (or other eligible assets) by “Industrial Enterprises”
(as defined under the Investment Law).
Tax Benefits Under the 2005 Amendment
An amendment to the Investment Law, which became effective as of April 1, 2005, or the
2005 Amendment, changed certain provisions of the Investment Law. An eligible investment program under the 2005 Amendment qualifies for
benefits as a “Benefited Enterprise”. Prior to the 2005 Amendment, investment programs under the Investment Law were called
“Approved Enterprises”. According to the 2005 Amendment, only Approved Enterprises receiving cash grants require the prior
approval of the Investment Center. Rather, a company may claim the tax benefits offered by the Investment Law directly in its tax returns,
provided that its facilities meet the criteria for tax benefits set forth in the 2005 Amendment. A company that has a Benefited Enterprise
may, in its discretion, approach the Israel Tax Authority for a pre-ruling confirming that it is in compliance with the provisions of
the Investment Law.
108
The duration of the tax benefits for a Benefited Enterprise is limited to the earlier
of seven or ten years (depending on the geographic location of the Benefited Enterprise within Israel) from the Commencement Year (as
described below) or 12 years from the first day of the year of election. Commencement Year is defined as the later of the first tax year
in which a company had derived taxable income for tax purposes from the Benefited Enterprise, or the year of election, which is the year
in which a company requested to have the tax benefits apply to the Benefited Enterprise. The tax benefits granted to a Benefited Enterprise
are determined, depending on the geographic location of the Benefited Enterprise within Israel, according to one of the following:
(i) Exemption from corporate tax may be available on undistributed income for a period
of two to ten years, depending on the geographic location of the Benefited Enterprise within Israel, and a reduced corporate tax rate
of 10% to 25% for the remainder of the benefits period, depending on the level of foreign investment in each year.
In addition, a company that has a Benefited Enterprise program is eligible for further
tax benefits if it qualifies as a Foreign Investors’ Company, or FIC. The level of foreign investment is measured as the percentage
of rights in the company (in the terms of shares, rights to profits, voting and appointment of directors) and of combined share capital
and shareholder loans that are owned, directly or indirectly, by persons who are not residents of Israel. The determination as to whether
a company qualifies as an FIC is made on an annual basis.
The 2011 Amendment as described below has eliminated the definition of a FIC. However,
according to the 2011 Amendment’s transitional provisions, the tax benefits of companies with Benefited Enterprise plans that opt
to remain under the Benefited Enterprise regime in accordance with the Investment Law prior to the 2011 Amendment will be preserved.
If the company pays a dividend out of income derived from the Benefited Enterprise during
the tax exemption period, such income will be subject to deferred corporate tax with respect to the amount distributed (grossed up to
reflect such pre-tax income that it would have had to earn in order to distribute the dividend) at the corporate tax rate which would
have otherwise been applied. The company is required to withhold tax on such distribution at a rate of 15%, or such lower rate may be
provided in an applicable tax treaty (subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority allowing
for a reduced tax rate); or
(ii) Reduced corporate tax rates for companies with facilities in certain geographical
locations in Israel.
Our facilities in Israel were granted Benefited Enterprise status and thereunder we
enjoyed a ten-year tax exemption from corporate tax on our undistributed income derived from the Benefited Enterprise. The first year
in which we were exempted from tax was 2012 and the ten-year eligibility period of tax exemption ended in 2021.
Tax Benefits Under the 2011 Amendment
In December 2010, the Israeli Parliament approved amendment 68 to the Investment Law,
or the 2011 Amendment. The 2011 Amendment significantly revised the tax incentive regime in Israel and it commenced on January 1, 2011.
The 2011 Amendment provided for a new and additional status of a “Preferred Enterprise,”
which introduced new benefits for income generated by a “Preferred Company” through its Preferred Enterprise. The definition
of a Preferred Company, includes, inter alia, a company incorporated in Israel that (1) is not wholly owned by a government entity, (2)
owns a Preferred Enterprise and (3) is controlled and managed from Israel and is subject to further conditions set forth in the Investment
Law. Moreover, a Preferred Company needs to meet certain condition stipulated in the Investment Law such as being an industrial company
(including a minimum threshold of 25% export).
A Preferred Company is entitled to a reduced corporate tax rate of 16% with respect
to income attributable to its Preferred Enterprise, unless the Preferred Enterprise is located in a specified development zone, known
as Development Zone “A,” in which case the rate is currently 7.5%.
Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise are generally subject
to tax at the rate of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty. Claim of tax benefits afforded by an applicable
tax treaty is subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority, allowing for a reduced tax rate.
However, if such dividends are paid to an Israeli company, no tax is required to be withheld (although, if the funds are subsequently
distributed to individuals or non-Israeli residents (individuals and corporations), withholding tax would apply when distributing the
dividend to such individuals or non-Israeli residents).
109
Tax Benefits Under the 2017 Amendment
Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2017, or the
2017 Amendment. Under the 2017 Amendment, and provided the conditions stipulated therein are met, income derived by Preferred Companies
from “Preferred Technological Enterprises,” or PTE (as defined in the 2017 Amendment), would be subject to reduced corporate
tax rates of 7.5% in Development Zone “A” and 12% elsewhere in Israel, or 6% in the case of a “Special Preferred Technological
Enterprise,” or SPTE (as defined in the 2017 Amendment) regardless of the company’s geographical location within Israel. A
Preferred Company distributing dividends from income derived from its PTE or SPTE, would subject the recipient to a 20% tax (or lower,
if so provided under an applicable tax treaty). The 2017 Amendment further provides that, in certain circumstances, a dividend distributed
to a corporate shareholder who is not an Israeli resident for tax purposes would be subject to a 4% tax (inter alia, if the amount of
foreign investors in the distributing company exceeds 90%). Such taxes would generally be withheld at source by the distributing company.
On June 14, 2017, the Encouragement of Capital Investments Regulations (Preferred Technology
Income and Capital Profits for a Technological Enterprise), 2017, or the Regulations, were published, which adopted Action 5 under the
base erosion and profit shifting, or BEPS, regulations. The Regulations describe, inter alia, the mechanism used to determine the calculation
of the benefits under the PTE and under the SPTE regimes and determine certain requirements relating to documentation of intellectual
property for the purpose of a PTE. According to these provisions, a company that complies with the terms under the PTE regime may be entitled
to certain tax benefits with respect to income generated during the company’s regular course of business and derived from the preferred
intangible asset (as determined in the Investment Law), excluding income derived from intangible assets used for marketing and income
attributed to production activity. In the event that intangible assets used for marketing purposes generate over 10% of the PTE’s
income, the relevant portion, calculated using a transfer pricing study, would be subject to regular corporate income tax. If such income
does not exceed 10%, the PTE will not be required to exclude the marketing income from the PTE’s total income. The Regulations set
a presumption of direct production expenses plus 10% with respect to income related to production, which can be countered by the results
of a supporting transfer pricing study. Tax rates applicable to such production income expenses will be similar to the tax rates under
the Preferred Enterprise regime, to the extent such income would be considered as eligible. In order to calculate the preferred income,
the PTE is required to take into account the income and the research and development expenses that are attributed to each single preferred
intangible asset. However, the transitional provisions allow companies to take into account the income and research and development expenses
attributed to all of the preferred intangible assets they have. Under the Regulations, our corporate tax rate is expected to be between
7.5% to 10%.
Under the transitional provisions of the 2017 Amendment, a company is allowed to continue
to enjoy the tax benefits available under the Investment Law prior to the 2017 Amendment until the end of the period of benefits, as defined
in the Investment Law. In each year during the period of benefit under its Benefited Enterprise status, the Company will be able to opt-in
for application of the 2017 Amendment, thereby making itself available to the tax rates described above. A company’s decision to
opt-in for application of the 2017 Amendment is irrecoverable.
Pursuant to a recent amendment to the Investments Law which became effective on November 15,
2021, a company that elects by November 15, 2022 to pay a reduced corporate tax rate as set forth in that amendment (rather than
the regular corporate tax rate applicable to Approved Enterprise income) with respect to undistributed exempt income accumulated by the
company until December 31, 2020 will be entitled to distribute a dividend from such income or to be used for any other reason, without
being required to pay additional corporate tax. A company that has so elected must make certain qualified investments in Israel over the
five-year period commencing on the year of which the company has elected to pay the reduced corporate tax rate. A company that has elected
to apply the amendment cannot withdraw from its election. We are currently reviewing the new amendment and its implications to the us.
If we elect to take advantage of the amendment, it will be required to pay up to approximately NIS 43.5 million (approximately $14.0 million)
as a one-time payment, and as a result NIS 605 million (approximately $195.0 million) of our undistributed exempt income for years 2012
until 2020 will be entitled to be distributed as dividend or to be used for any other reason without being required to pay additional
corporate tax.
If we do elect not to take advantage of the amendment, we may be required to pay up
to approximately NIS 108.8 million (approximately $35.0 million) for the years 2012 until 2020, and regarding 2021, regardless of the
amendment, we may be required to pay up to approximately NIS 77.2 million (approximately $24.8 million), if we distribute all of our retained
earnings that are subject to the tax exemption.
110
Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes),
5729-1969
We believe that we currently qualify as an “Industrial Company” within the
meaning of the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969, or the Industry Encouragement Law. The Industry Encouragement
Law defines an “Industrial Company” as an Israeli-resident company, incorporated in Israel, of which 90% or more of its income
in any tax year, other than of income from defense loans, capital gains, interest and dividends, is derived from an “Industrial
Enterprise” owned by it and located in Israel or in the “Area,” in accordance with the definition in section 3a of the
Tax Ordinance. An “Industrial Enterprise” is defined as an enterprise which is held by an Industrial Company whose principal
activity in a given tax year is industrial production.
The following tax benefits, among others, are available to Industrial Companies:
| • |
amortization of the cost of purchased know-how, patents and certain other intangible property rights (other than goodwill), which
are used for the development or promotion of the Industrial Enterprise, over an eight-year period for tax purposes, commencing in the
year where the Industrial Company began to utilize them; |
| • |
accelerated depreciation rates on equipment and buildings; |
| • |
under specified conditions, an election to file consolidated tax returns with additional related Israeli Industrial Companies; and
|
| • |
expenses related to a public offering are deductible in equal amounts over three years, beginning from the year of the offering.
|
Eligibility for the benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to
receipt of prior approval from any governmental authority. We cannot assure that we will continue to qualify as an “Industrial Company”
or that the benefits described above will be available to us in the future.
Capital Gains Taxes Applicable to Israeli Resident
and Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders
Capital gains tax is imposed on the sale of capital assets by an Israeli resident and
on the sale of such assets by non-Israeli residents if those assets are either: (i) located in Israel, (ii) shares or rights to shares
in Israeli resident companies or (iii) represent, directly or indirectly, rights to assets located in Israel, unless a specific exemption
is available under Israeli tax law or unless a treaty between Israel and the country of the nonresident provides otherwise. The Tax Ordinance
distinguishes between “Real Capital Gain” and the “Inflationary Surplus”. Real Capital Gain is the excess of the
total capital gain over Inflationary Surplus computed generally on the basis of the increase in the Israeli Consumer Price Index or, in
certain circumstances, a foreign currency exchange rate, between the date of purchase and the date of disposition. You should consult
with your own tax advisor as to the method you should use to determine the Inflationary Surplus. Inflationary Surplus is not subject to
tax in Israel.
Generally, the tax rate applicable to real capital gains derived by individuals on the
sale of our ordinary shares will be taxed at the rate of 25%, unless such shareholder claims a deduction for interest and linkage differences
expenses in connection with such shares, in which case the gain will generally be taxed at a rate of 30%. If the individual shareholder
is a Controlling Shareholder at the time of the sale or at any time during the 12-month period preceding such sale, such gain will be
taxed at the rate of 30%. A “Controlling Shareholder” is defined as a person who holds, directly or indirectly, including
together with others, at least 10% of any means of control in the company (including, among other things, the right to receive profits
of the company, voting rights, the right to receive the proceeds upon the company’s liquidation and the right to appoint a director).
Real capital gains derived by corporations will be generally subject to the regular
corporate tax rate (23% in 2018 and thereafter). Individual and corporate shareholders dealing in securities are taxed at the tax rates
applicable to business income: 23% for corporations in 2018 and thereafter and a marginal tax rate of up to 47% in 2018 and thereafter
for individuals plus an additional excess tax of 3% as described below.
111
Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders
Non-Israeli residents (individuals and corporations) are generally exempt from Israeli
capital gains tax on any gains derived from the sale, exchange or disposition of shares of Israeli companies publicly traded on a recognized
stock exchange outside of Israel, provided, among other things, that such shareholders did not acquire their shares prior to the company’s
initial public offering and the gains were not derived from a permanent establishment of such shareholders in Israel. However, shareholders
that are non-Israeli entities will not be entitled to such exemption if Israeli residents: (1) have directly or indirectly, alone or together
with another, a controlling interest of more than 25% of any of the means of control in such non-Israeli corporation or (2) are the beneficiaries
of or are entitled to 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli entity, whether directly or indirectly. This exemption
is not applicable to a person whose gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the shares are deemed to be business income.
In addition, a sale of shares may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the
provisions of an applicable tax treaty and subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israeli tax authorities allowing
of such exemption.
For example, pursuant to the Convention Between the Governments of the United States
and Israel with respect to Taxes of Income, as amended, or the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares
by a person who qualifies as a resident of the United States within the meaning of the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty and who holds the shares
as a capital asset and is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such person by the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty generally will not be subject
to the Israeli capital gains tax unless: (i) the capital gain arising from such sale, exchange or disposition is attributed to real estate
located in Israel; (ii) the capital gain arising from such sale, exchange or disposition is attributed to royalties; (iii) such person
holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of our voting power during any part of the 12-month period preceding such
sale, exchange or disposition, subject to certain conditions; (iv) the capital gains arising from such sale, exchange or disposition can
be allocated to a permanent establishment of the shareholder in Israel, under certain terms; or (v) such person is an individual and was
present in Israel for a period or periods of 183 days or more in the aggregate during the relevant tax year. In any such case, the sale,
exchange or disposition of such shares would be subject to Israeli tax, to the extent applicable. Eligibility to benefit from tax treaties
is conditioned upon the shareholder presenting a withholding certificate issued by the Israel Tax Authority prior to the applicable payment.
Withholding and Reporting
Either the purchaser, the Israeli stockbrokers or financial institutions through which
the shares are held is obliged to withhold tax on the amount of consideration paid upon the sale of our ordinary shares (or on the capital
gain realized on the sale, if known), at the Israeli corporate tax rate for Israeli companies (23% in 2018 and thereafter). In case the
seller is an individual, the applicable withholding tax rate would be 25% of the amount of consideration paid upon the sale of shares
(or on the capital gain realized on the sale, if known).
In some instances where our shareholders may be liable for Israeli tax on the sale of
our ordinary shares, the payment of the consideration may be subject to the withholding of Israeli tax at source. Shareholders, including
non-Israeli resident shareholders, may be required to demonstrate that they are exempt from tax on their capital gains in order to avoid
withholding at source at the time of sale. In transactions involving a sale of all of the securities of an Israeli resident company, in
the form of a merger or otherwise, the Israel Tax Authority may require non-Israeli resident shareholders who are not liable for Israeli
tax to sign a declaration in a form specified by the Israel Tax Authority or obtain a specific exemption from the Israel Tax Authority
to confirm their status as a non-resident of Israel, and, in the absence of such declarations or exemptions, may require the purchaser
of the securities to withhold taxes at source.
The sale of securities traded on a stock exchange, requires that a detailed return,
including a computation of the tax due, be filed and an advanced payment must be paid on January 31 and July 31 of every tax year in respect
of sales of securities made within the previous six months. However, if all tax due was withheld at source according to applicable provisions
of the Tax Ordinance and the regulations promulgated thereunder, then the aforementioned return need not be filed and no advance payment
must be made.
112
Taxation of Dividend Distributions
A distribution of dividends from income, which is not attributed to an Approved Enterprise/Benefited
Enterprise/Preferred Enterprise/Technology Enterprises to an Israeli resident individual, will generally be subject to income tax at a
rate of 25%. However, a 30% tax rate will apply if the dividend recipient is a “Controlling Shareholder” (as defined above)
at the time of the distribution or at any time during the preceding 12-month period.
The Tax Ordinance generally provides that a non-Israeli resident (either individual
or corporation) is subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends at the rate of 25% (30% if the dividends recipient is a “Controlling
Shareholder” (as defined above), at the time of the distribution or at any time during the preceding 12 months).
Generally, Israeli resident corporations are not subject to Israeli tax on the receipt
of dividends paid on shares of Israeli corporations, other than with respect to dividends distributed from income that has accrued during
the benefits period and attributed to a Benefited Enterprise as described above.
Payers of dividends on our shares, including the Israeli stockbrokers or the financial
institutions through which the shares are held, are generally required, subject to reduced tax rates and the demonstration of a shareholder
of his, her or its foreign residency, to withhold taxes upon the distribution of dividends at a rate of 25% (whether or not the recipient
is a “Controlling Shareholder”) provided that the shares are registered with a nominee company in Israel (for corporations
and individuals), unless a reduced tax rate under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty (subject to the receipt in advance
of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority allowing for a reduced tax rate) is available.
Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Benefited Enterprise are generally subject
to withholding tax at source at the rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty.
For example, under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the following rates will apply in respect
of dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a U.S. resident (for purposes of the U.S.-Israel Treaty): (i) with regard to
a dividend distributed from income which is not attributed to an Approved Enterprise/Benefited Enterprise/Preferred Enterprise/Preferred
Technology Enterprise or Special Preferred Technology Enterprise, if the U.S. resident is a corporation which holds during that portion
of the taxable year which precedes the date of payment of the dividend and during the whole of its prior taxable year (if any), at least
10% of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Israeli resident paying corporation and not more than 25% of the gross income
of the Israeli resident paying corporation for such prior taxable year (if any) consists of certain types of interest or dividends - the
maximum tax rate of withholding is 12.5% if a certificate for a reduced withholding tax rate would be provided in advance from the Israel
Tax Authority, (ii) with regard to a dividend distributed from income derived from an Approved Enterprise/Benefited Enterprise/Preferred
Enterprise under the Investment Law, if the U.S. resident is a corporation which holds during that portion of the taxable year which precedes
the date of payment of the dividend and during the whole of its prior taxable year (if any), at least 10% of the outstanding shares of
the voting stock of the Israeli resident paying corporation and not more than 25% of the gross income of the Israeli resident paying corporation
for such prior taxable year (if any) consists of certain types of interest or dividends, the tax rate of withholding 15% will be applicable
if a certificate for a reduced withholding tax rate would be provided in advance from the Israel Tax Authority and (iii) in all other
cases, the tax rate is 25%, or the domestic rate (if such is lower). The aforementioned rates under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty will not
apply if the dividend income was derived through a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel.
If the dividend is attributable partly to income derived from an Approved Enterprise,
Benefited Enterprise or Preferred Enterprise, and partly from other sources of income, the income tax rate will be a blended rate reflecting
the relative portions of the types of income.
A non-Israeli resident who receives dividend income derived from or accrued from Israel,
from which the full amount of tax was withheld at source, is generally exempt from the obligation to file tax returns in Israel with respect
to such income, provided that (i) such income was not generated from a business conducted in Israel by the taxpayer, and (ii) the taxpayer
has no other taxable sources of income in Israel with respect to which a tax return is required to be filed.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends to our shareholders and currently we do
not intend to distribute cash or other dividends in the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you that, in the event we declare a dividend,
we will designate the profits that are being distributed in a way that will reduce shareholders’ tax liability.
Foreign Exchange Regulations
Non-residents of Israel who hold our ordinary shares are able to receive any dividends,
and any amounts payable upon the dissolution, liquidation and winding up of our affairs, freely repayable in non-Israeli currency at the
rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion. However, Israeli income tax is generally required to have been paid or withheld
on these amounts. In addition, the statutory framework for the potential imposition of currency exchange controls has not been eliminated,
and may be restored at any time by administrative action.
113
Excess Tax
Individuals who are subject to tax in Israel are also subject to an additional tax at
a rate of 3% on annual income exceeding a certain threshold (NIS 647,640 for 2021), which amount is linked to the annual change in the
Israeli consumer price index, including, but not limited to income derived from dividends, interest and capital gains, subject to the
provisions of an applicable tax treaty.
Estate and Gift Tax
Israeli law presently does not impose estate or gift taxes.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders
The following discussion is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations
applicable to an investment in our ordinary shares by U.S. Holders who hold the ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, (generally, property held for investment). As used in this section, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial
owner of an ordinary share who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:
| • |
a citizen or resident of the United States; |
| • |
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, including the
District of Columbia; |
| • |
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| • |
a trust if the trust has elected validly to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or if a U.S.
court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons have the authority
to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions. |
This description is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, referred to in this discussion as the Code, existing U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial
interpretations, each as available and in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These sources may change and are open to differing
interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect in a manner that could adversely affect a U.S. Holder. This description does not discuss
all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be applicable to investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors
who are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law, including:
| • |
insurance companies; |
| • |
dealers in stocks, securities or currencies; |
| • |
financial institutions and financial services entities; |
| • |
real estate investment trusts; |
| • |
regulated investment companies; |
| • |
partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such entities; |
| • |
persons that receive ordinary shares as compensation for the performance of services; |
| • |
tax-exempt organizations; |
114
| • |
persons that hold ordinary shares as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, conversion or other integrated instrument
or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ordinary shares; |
| • |
persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code; |
| • |
individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts; |
| • |
expatriates of the United States; |
| • |
persons having a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar; and |
| • |
direct, indirect or constructive owners of 10% or more of our ordinary shares and/or other equity by vote or value. |
This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax consequences
or any U.S. federal gift or estate tax or alternative minimum tax considerations.
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes
holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares will depend in part upon
the status and activities of such entity or arrangement and the particular partner and certain determinations made at the partner level.
Any such entity or arrangement should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to it
and its partners of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares.
We urge you to consult with your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of investing
in the ordinary shares, including the effects of federal, state, local, foreign and other tax laws.
Distributions Paid on the Ordinary Shares
We have never paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and we may not distribute cash
or other dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Subject to the discussion below under “- Passive Foreign Investment
Company Considerations,” a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as ordinary dividend income the amount
of any distributions paid on the ordinary shares, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld, to the extent that those distributions
are paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussion
below under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will
be applied against and will reduce the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares and, to the extent they exceed that tax basis,
will be treated as gain from a sale or exchange of those ordinary shares. Our dividends will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction
applicable in some cases to U.S. corporations. Dividends paid in NIS, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld, will be includible
in the income of a U.S. Holder in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day they are received
by the U.S. Holder. Any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend is includible
in the income of the U.S. Holder to the date that payment is converted into U.S. dollars generally will be treated as ordinary income
or loss. Because we may not account for our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, U.S. Holders should
expect all distributions to be reported to them as dividends. Distributions on ordinary shares that are treated as dividends generally
will constitute income from sources outside the United States for foreign tax credit purposes and generally will constitute passive category
income. Subject to certain complex conditions and limitations, Israeli taxes withheld on any distributions on ordinary shares may be eligible
for credit against a U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S. foreign tax
credit are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular
circumstances and the possibility of claiming an itemized deduction (in lieu of the foreign tax credit) for any foreign taxes paid or
withheld.
Dividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation” to non-corporate U.S.
Holders are eligible for taxation at a reduced capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary
income provided that certain requirements are met. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability
of the reduced tax rate on dividends with regard to its particular circumstances. Distributions on ordinary shares that are treated as
dividends generally will not be eligible for the “dividends received” deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders
with respect to dividends received from U.S. corporations.
115
A corporation organized outside of the United States, or a non-U.S. corporation (other
than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally
will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the
United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which
includes an exchange of information provision, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on ordinary shares that are readily tradable
on an established securities market in the United States. We believe that we qualify as a resident of Israel for purposes of, and are
eligible for the benefits of, the U.S.-Israel Treaty, although there can be no assurance in this regard. Further, the Internal Revenue
Service, or IRS, has determined that the U.S.-Israel Treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and that it includes
an exchange of information provision. Therefore, subject to the discussion below under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,”
if the U.S.-Israel Treaty is applicable, such dividends will generally be “qualified dividend income” in the hands of individual
U.S. Holders, provided that certain conditions are met, including holding period and the absence of certain risk reduction transaction
requirements. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends
with regard to its particular circumstances.
Disposition of Ordinary Shares
Subject to the discussion below under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,”
a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other disposition
of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized (i.e., the amount of cash plus the fair market
value of any property received) on the sale, exchange or other disposition and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary
shares. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain taxable at a reduced rate for non-corporate U.S. Holders or
long-term capital loss if, on the date of sale, exchange or other disposition, the ordinary shares were held by the U.S. Holder for more
than one year. Any capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Holder that is not long-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates. The
deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized from the sale or other disposition of ordinary
shares will generally be gain or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
We believe that we were not a PFIC for our taxable year ended December 31, 2021, and
we do not expect to be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current year ending December 31, 2022, or the
foreseeable future. However, the determination of whether we are a PFIC is a factual determination made annually based on all the facts
and circumstances and thus is subject to change. The relevant rules for determining whether or not we are a PFIC as applied to our business
are not entirely clear and certain aspects of the relevant tests will be outside our control. Therefore, no assurance can be given that
we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.
In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be treated as a PFIC, for any taxable year in
which either (1) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income,” referred to as the PFIC income test, or (2) on average
at least 50% of its assets, determined on a quarterly basis, are assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of
passive income, referred to as the PFIC asset test. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends,
interest, royalties, rents, and gains from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income. Assets that produce or
are held for the production of passive income generally include cash, even if held as working capital or raised in a public offering,
marketable securities, and other assets that may produce passive income. Generally, in determining whether a non-U.S. corporation is a
PFIC, a proportionate share of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest
(by value) is taken into account.
A separate determination must be made after the close of each taxable year as to whether
we were a PFIC for that year. Because the value of our assets for purposes of the PFIC test will generally be determined by reference
to the market price of our ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of our ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In
addition, changes in the composition of our income or assets may cause us to become a PFIC.
116
If we are a PFIC in any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares,
the U.S. Holder could be liable for additional taxes and interest charges under the “PFIC excess distribution regime” upon
(1) a distribution paid during a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding
taxable years, or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares, and (2) any gain recognized on a sale,
exchange or other disposition, including, under certain circumstances, a pledge, of the ordinary shares, whether or not we continue to
be a PFIC. Under the PFIC excess distribution regime, the tax on such distribution or gain would be determined by allocating the distribution
or gain ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for ordinary shares. The amount allocated to the current taxable year (i.e.,
the year in which the distribution occurs or the gain is recognized) and any year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC
will be taxed as ordinary income earned in the current taxable year. The amount allocated to other taxable years will be taxed at the
highest marginal rates in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, to ordinary income for each such taxable year, and an
interest charge, generally applicable to underpayments of tax, will be added to the tax.
If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds ordinary shares, we must
generally continue to be treated as a PFIC by such U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds the ordinary
shares, unless we cease to meet the requirements for PFIC status and such U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election with
respect to the ordinary shares. If the election is made, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to sell the ordinary shares it holds at their
fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year in which we qualified as a PFIC, and any gain recognized from such deemed sale
would be taxed under the PFIC excess distribution regime. After the deemed sale election, the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares would
not be treated as shares of a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds ordinary shares
and one of our non-U.S. corporate subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC), such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a
proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and would be taxed under the PFIC excess distribution regime on distributions
by the lower-tier PFIC and on gain from the disposition of shares of the lower-tier PFIC even though such U.S. Holder would not receive
the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the application
of the PFIC rules to our non-U.S. subsidiaries.
If we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will not be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution
regime on distributions or gain recognized on ordinary shares if such U.S. Holder makes a valid “mark-to-market” election
for our ordinary shares. A mark-to-market election is available to a U.S. Holder only for “marketable stock.” Our ordinary
shares will be marketable stock as long as they remain listed on Nasdaq and are regularly traded, other than in de
minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. There can be no assurance that the ordinary shares will be
“marketable stock” for purposes of the mark-to-market election. If a mark-to-market election is in effect, a U.S. Holder generally
would take into account, as ordinary income for each taxable year of the U.S. Holder, the excess of the fair market value of ordinary
shares held at the end of such taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder would also take into
account, as an ordinary loss each year, the excess of the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares over their fair market value at the
end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the excess of amounts previously included in income over ordinary losses deducted as
a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any income
or loss recognized as a result of the mark-to-market election. Any gain from a sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares
in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary income and any loss from such sale, exchange or other disposition
would be treated first as ordinary loss (to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains previously included in income) and thereafter as
capital loss.
A mark-to-market election will not apply to ordinary shares for any taxable year during
which we are not a PFIC, but will remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year in which we become a PFIC. Such election
will not apply to any non-U.S. subsidiaries that we may organize or acquire in the future. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder may continue to
be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime with respect to any lower-tier PFICs that we may organize or acquire in the
future notwithstanding the U.S. Holder’s mark-to-market election for the ordinary shares.
117
The tax consequences that would apply if we are a PFIC would also be different from
those described above if a U.S. Holder were able to make a valid qualified electing fund, or QEF, election. At this time, we do not expect
to provide U.S. Holders with the information necessary for a U.S. Holder to make a QEF election. Prospective investors should assume that
a QEF election will not be available.
Each U.S. person that is an investor of a PFIC is generally required to file an annual
information return on IRS Form 8621 containing such information as the U.S. Treasury Department may require. The failure to file IRS Form
8621 could result in the imposition of penalties and the extension of the statute of limitations with respect to U.S. federal income tax.
The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are very complex. Prospective U.S.
investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the impact of PFIC status on the purchase, ownership and
disposition of ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to the ordinary
shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares of a PFIC.
Medicare Tax
Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds
certain thresholds generally are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their net investment income, which may include their gross
dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. If you are a U.S. person that is an individual, estate or trust,
you are encouraged to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of this Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of
your investment in ordinary shares.
Information Reporting and Back-up Withholding
U.S. Holders may be required to file certain U.S. information reporting returns with
the IRS with respect to an investment in ordinary shares, including, among others, IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial
Assets). As described above under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” each U.S. Holder who is a shareholder
of a PFIC must file an annual report containing certain information. U.S. Holders paying more than $100,000 for ordinary shares may be
required to file IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) reporting this payment. Substantial penalties
may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with the required information reporting.
Dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares may
be reported to the IRS unless the U.S. Holder establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding may apply to amounts subject to reporting
if the holder (1) fails to provide an accurate United States taxpayer identification number or otherwise establish a basis for exemption
(usually on IRS Form W-9), or (2) is described in certain other categories of persons. However, U.S. Holders that are corporations generally
are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding tax rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal
income tax liability if the required information is furnished by the U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.
U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the backup withholding
tax and information reporting rules.
EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR
ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.
| F. |
Dividends and Paying Agents |
Not applicable.
118
| G. |
Statement by Experts |
Not applicable.
| H. |
Documents on Display |
We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) applicable to foreign private issuers and under those requirements will file
reports with the SEC. Those reports may be inspected without charge at the locations described below. As a foreign private issuer, we
are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors
and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange
Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently
or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Nevertheless, we will file with the SEC an Annual
Report on Form 20-F containing financial statements that have been examined and reported on, with and opinion expressed by an independent
registered public accounting firm, and we intend to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC under cover of the
SEC’s Form 6‑K.
We maintain a corporate website at www.inmodemd.com.
We intend to post our Annual Report on Form 20-F on our website promptly following it being filed with the SEC. Information contained
on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We have included our website
address in this Annual Report on Form 20-F solely as an inactive textual reference.
Our SEC filings are available to you on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
This site contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the
SEC. The information on that website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
With respect to references made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to any contract or
other document of InMode, such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached or incorporated by
reference to this Annual Report on Form 20-F for copies of the actual contract or document.
| I. |
Subsidiary Information |
Not applicable.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES
ABOUT MARKET RISK
Foreign Currency Risk
Our consolidated revenues are generated primarily in U.S. dollars. In addition, a substantial
portion of our consolidated costs are incurred in dollars. We believe that the U.S. dollar is the primary currency of the economic environment
we operate in. Thus, the U.S. dollar is our primary functional and reporting currency.
Our transactions and balances originally denominated in dollars are presented at their
original amounts. Balances in non-dollar currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using historical and current exchange rates for non-monetary
and monetary balances, respectively. For non-U.S. dollar transactions and other items in the consolidated statements of income (indicated
below), the following exchange rates are used: (i) for transactions, exchange rates at transaction dates or average rates; and (ii) for
other items (derived from non-monetary balance sheet items such as depreciation and amortization), historical exchange rates. Currency
translation gains and losses are presented in finance income or expenses, as appropriate.
A significant portion of our operations is conducted through operations in countries
other than the United States and Israel. Revenues from our global operations that were recorded in U.S. dollars represented approximately
78%, 81% and 83% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The functional currencies of our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For purposes of consolidation,
the financial statements of the Foreign Subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with ASC No. 830, “Foreign Currency
Matters” (“ASC 830”).
Interest Rate Risk
The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing
the interest income we receive from our investments, without increasing risk. Currently, we do not have any outstanding borrowings. We
intend to invest our cash balances primarily in bank deposits and fixed-income securities issued by corporations, the United States and
non-U.S. governments. We are exposed to market risks resulting from changes in interest rates relating primarily to our financial investments
in cash, cash equivalents, deposits and marketable securities. We do not use derivative financial instruments to limit exposure to interest
rate risk. Our interest gains may decline in the future as a result of changes in the financial markets; however, we believe any such
potential loss would be immaterial to us.
119
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN
EQUITY SECURITIES
| A. |
Debt Securities |
Not applicable.
| B. |
Warrants and Rights |
Not applicable.
| C. |
Other Securities |
Not applicable.
| D. |
American Depositary Shares |
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS
OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
In September 2020, we approved a share repurchase program of up to 2 million ordinary
shares, to be purchased out of our cash reserve and to be paid solely from our IPO proceeds. In February 2022, the board approved that
the share repurchase program could also be funded from the proceeds of exercised options. As of December 31, 2021, we purchased 1,480,616
shares in the amount of $52.6 million.
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have performed an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial
officer, respectively), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide a reasonable level
of assurance that the information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Based on our evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act)
as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in reports
that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated
and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control
over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was
designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined
to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.
120
Management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2021, using criteria described in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on its assessment, management concluded that the internal control over financial
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021, based on the criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2021 has been audited by Kesselman & Kesselman, an independent registered public accounting firm in Israel and a member of PricewaterhouseCoopers
International Limited (“PwC”), as stated in their report on pages F-2-F-4, appearing under “Item 18. Financial Statements”
in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F that have materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Our board of directors has determined that all members of our audit committee are financially
literate as determined in accordance with Nasdaq rules and that Dr. Michael Anghel is qualified to serve as an “audit committee
financial expert” as defined by SEC rules. Dr. Anghel is independent, as defined by Nasdaq listing standards.
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our directors
and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or other persons
performing similar functions. The full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics has been posted on our website at www.inmodemd.com.
If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision
of the code of ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and
regulations of the SEC.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees billed by
Kesselman & Kesselman, an independent registered public accounting firm in Israel and a member of PricewaterhouseCoopers International
Limited (“PwC”), our independent registered public accounting firm.
|
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||
|
USD, in thousands |
||||||||
|
Audit fees(1) |
457 |
315 |
||||||
|
Audit-related fees(2)
|
– |
– |
||||||
|
Tax fees(3)
|
80 |
23 |
||||||
|
Other fees |
– |
– |
||||||
|
Total
|
537 |
338 |
||||||
121
| (1) |
Audit fees consist of fees billed or expected to be billed for the annual audit services engagement and other audit services, which
are those services that only the external auditor can reasonably provide, and include the Company audit; statutory audits; comfort letters
and consents; attest services; and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC. |
| (2) |
Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the
audit or review of our financial statements or that are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning
financial accounting and reporting standards; internal control reviews of new systems, programs and projects; review of security controls
and operational effectiveness of systems; review of plans and control for shared service centers, due diligence related to acquisitions;
accounting assistance and audits in connection with proposed or completed acquisitions; and employee benefit plan audits. |
| (3) |
Tax fees include fees billed for tax compliance services that were rendered during the most recent fiscal year, including the preparation
of original and amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with
tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers and acquisitions, transfer pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice
from taxing authority; tax planning services; and expatriate tax planning and services. |
Our Audit and Investment Committee, in accordance with its charter, reviews and pre-approves
all audit services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and other terms) to be provided by our independent auditors.
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS
FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE
ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
In September 2020, we approved a share repurchase program of up to 2 million ordinary
shares, to be purchased out of our cash reserve and to be paid solely from our IPO proceeds. In February 2022, the board approved that
the share repurchase program could also be funded from the proceeds of exercised options. As of December 31, 2021, we purchased 1,480,616
shares in the amount of $52.6 million.
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING
ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Nasdaq Listing Rules and Home Country Practices
Companies incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, whose shares are publicly
traded, including companies with shares listed on Nasdaq, are considered public companies under the Companies Law and are required to
comply with various corporate governance requirements under Israeli law relating to such matters as the composition and responsibilities
of the audit committee and the compensation committee (subject to certain exceptions that we intend to utilize), and a requirement to
have an internal auditor. This is the case even if our ordinary shares are not listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, which our ordinary
shares are not expected to be. These requirements are in addition to the corporate governance requirements imposed by Nasdaq rules and
other applicable provisions of U.S. securities laws to which we are subject (as a foreign private issuer). Under Nasdaq rules, a foreign
private issuer may generally follow its home country rules of corporate governance in lieu of the comparable requirements of Nasdaq rules,
except for certain matters including the composition and responsibilities of the audit committee and the independence of its members within
the meaning of the rules and regulations of the SEC.
122
In accordance with Israeli law and practice and subject to the “home country practice
exemption” set forth in Rule 5615 of the Nasdaq rules, we follow the provisions of the Companies Law, rather than the Nasdaq requirements,
with respect to the following requirements:
| • |
Quorum. As permitted under the Companies Law and pursuant to our amended and restated articles
of association, the quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person, by
proxy or by other voting instrument in accordance with the Companies Law, who hold at least 25% of the voting rights in the Company (and
in an adjourned meeting, with some exceptions, at least one shareholder holding any number of the voting rights in the Company), instead
of 33 1/3% of the issued share capital required under Nasdaq rules. A proxy may be deemed to be two (2) or more shareholders pursuant
to the number of shareholders represented by the proxy holder. |
| • |
Nomination of Directors. Our directors are elected through a staggered board mechanism. With
the exception of directors elected by our Board of Directors due to vacancy, our directors are elected by an annual general meeting of
our shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting following three years from his or her election. The nominations for directors,
which are presented to our shareholders by our board of directors, are generally made by the board of directors itself or a duly authorized
committee thereof, but nominations may be made by one or more of our shareholders, all in accordance with the provisions of our amended
and restated articles of association and the Companies Law. Nominations need not be made by a nominating committee of our board of directors
consisting solely of independent directors, as required under Nasdaq rules. |
| • |
Compensation Committee. Nasdaq rules require a listed company to have a compensation committee
composed entirely of independent directors that operates pursuant to a written charter addressing its purpose, responsibilities and membership
qualifications and may receive counselling from independent consultants, after evaluating their independence. The purpose, responsibilities
and membership qualifications of our compensation committee are governed by the Companies Law, rather than the Nasdaq rules. In addition,
under the Companies Law, there are no specific independence evaluation requirements for outside consultants.
|
| • |
Compensation of Officers. We comply with the requirements set forth under the Companies Law
with respect to the approval of officer compensation. For a discussion regarding the approvals required under the Companies Law and the
regulations promulgated thereunder for the approval of compensation of the chief executive officer, all other executive officers and directors,
see “Item 6.C – Board Practices –Approval of Related Party Transactions and under Israeli Law”. |
| • |
Proxy Statements. We are not required to and, in reliance on home country practice, we do
not intend to, comply with certain Nasdaq rules regarding the provision of proxy statements for general meetings of shareholders. Israeli
corporate law does not have a regulatory regime for the solicitation of proxies. We intend to provide notice convening an annual general
meeting, including an agenda and other relevant documents. |
| • |
Shareholder Approval. We are not required to and, in reliance on home country practice, we
do not intend to comply with certain Nasdaq rules regarding shareholder approval for certain issuances of securities under Nasdaq Rule
5635. In accordance with the provisions of our amended and restated articles of association and the Companies Law, our board of directors
is authorized to issue securities, including ordinary shares, warrants and convertible notes. |
| • |
Executive Sessions. We are not required to and, in reliance on home country practice, we
do not intend to comply with certain Nasdaq rules regarding regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.
|
| • |
Approval of Related Party Transactions. All related party transactions are approved in accordance
with the requirements and procedures for approval of interested party acts and transactions, set forth in the Companies Law, which require
the approval of the audit committee or the compensation committee, as the case may be, the board of directors and shareholders, as may
be applicable, for specified transactions, rather than approval by the audit committee or other independent body of our Board of Directors
as required under the Nasdaq Rules. |
| • |
Third Party Director Compensation. We follow Israeli law requirements with respect to disclosure
of compensation for our directors and executive officers. Israeli law does not require that we disclose information regarding third party
compensation of our directors or director nominees. As a result, our practice varies from the third-party compensation disclosure requirements
of Nasdaq. |
| • |
Annual Shareholders Meeting. As opposed to the Nasdaq Rule 5620(a), which mandates that a
listed company hold its annual shareholders meeting within one year of the company’s fiscal year-end, we are required, under the
Companies Law, to hold an annual shareholder meeting each calendar year and within 15 months of the last annual shareholders meeting.
|
123
Other than as stated above, we currently intend to take all actions necessary for us
to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq’s listing standards.
We may in the future elect to follow home country corporate governance practices in
Israel with regard to other matters. Following our home country governance practices, as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise
apply to a company listed on Nasdaq, may provide less protection than is accorded to investors under Nasdaq rules applicable to domestic
issuers.
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS
THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Registrant has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
See the financial statements beginning on page F-1. The following financial statements
are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm.
124
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
125
SIGNATURES
The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that
it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
|
INMODE LTD. | ||
|
By: |
/s/ Yair Malca | |
|
Yair Malca | ||
|
Chief Financial Officer | ||
Date: February 10, 2022
126
INMODE LTD.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
(PCAOB ID
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
|
F-5 | |
|
F-6 | |
|
F-7 | |
|
F-8 | |
|
F-9 | |
|
F-10 |
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of InMode Ltd.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of InMode Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
F - 2
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Uncertain Tax Positions
As described in Notes 2 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recorded a liability for uncertain tax positions of $4.8 million as of December 31, 2021. The estimate of the Company’s tax liability relating to uncertain tax positions requires management to assess uncertainties and to make judgments about the application of complex tax laws and regulations. The Company operates on a global basis and is subject to tax laws and regulations in Israel and in the US as well as numerous foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s income tax filings are regularly under audit in Israel, federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions and income tax audits may require extended period of time to reach resolution and may result in significant income tax adjustments when interpretation of tax laws is disputed.
F - 3
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to uncertain tax positions is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining uncertain tax positions, including a high degree of estimation uncertainty relative to the Israeli and US complex tax laws, frequency of tax audits, and potential for significant adjustments as a result of such audits; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management's timely identification and accurate measurement of uncertain tax positions; (iii) the evaluation of audit evidence available to support the tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions is complex and resulted in significant auditor judgment as the nature of the evidence is often highly subjective; and (iv) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to identification and recognition of the liability for uncertain tax positions, controls addressing completeness of the uncertain tax positions, and controls over measurement of the liability. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing the information used in the calculation of the liability for uncertain tax positions, including intercompany agreements, Israeli, federal, and state filing positions, and the related final tax returns; (ii) testing the calculation of the liability for uncertain tax positions by jurisdiction, including management’s assessment of the technical merits of tax positions and estimates of the amount of tax benefit expected to be sustained; (iii) testing the completeness of management’s assessment of both the identification of uncertain tax positions and possible outcomes of each uncertain tax position; and (iv) evaluating the status and results of income tax audits with the relevant tax authorities. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the completeness and measurement of the Company’s uncertain tax positions, including evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assessment of whether tax positions are more-likely-than-not of being sustained and the amount of potential benefit to be realized and the application of relevant tax laws.
|
/s/ Certified Public Accountants (lsr.) A member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited |
|
|
|
February 10, 2022 |
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.
F - 4
INMODE LTD.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except for per share data)
|
December 31 | ||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 | |||||||
|
Assets | ||||||||
|
CURRENT ASSETS: | ||||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
| ||||||
|
Marketable securities (amortized cost of $ |
|
| ||||||
|
Short-term bank deposits |
|
| ||||||
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $ |
|
| ||||||
|
Other receivables |
|
| ||||||
|
Inventories |
|
| ||||||
|
T O T A L CURRENT ASSETS |
|
| ||||||
|
NON-CURRENT ASSETS: | ||||||||
|
Accounts receivable |
|
| ||||||
|
Other receivables |
|
| ||||||
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
|
| ||||||
|
Operating lease right-of-use assets |
|
| ||||||
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
| ||||||
|
Other investments |
|
| ||||||
|
T O T A L NON-CURRENT ASSETS |
|
| ||||||
|
T O T A L ASSETS |
|
| ||||||
|
| ||||||||
|
Liabilities and shareholders' equity | ||||||||
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES: | ||||||||
|
Accounts payable |
|
| ||||||
|
Contract liabilities |
|
| ||||||
|
Other liabilities |
|
| ||||||
|
T O T A L CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
| ||||||
|
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES: | ||||||||
|
Contract liabilities |
|
| ||||||
|
Other liabilities |
|
| ||||||
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
| ||||||
|
T O T A L NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
| ||||||
|
T O T A L LIABILITIES |
|
| ||||||
|
| ||||||||
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (note 12) | ||||||||
|
| ||||||||
|
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: | ||||||||
|
InMode Ltd. shareholders’ equity: | ||||||||
|
Ordinary shares, NIS | ||||||||
|
Issued | ||||||||
|
Outstanding |
|
| ||||||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
| ||||||
|
Retained earnings |
|
| ||||||
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
( |
) |
| |||||
|
Less treasury shares, at cost |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||
|
|
| |||||||
|
Non-controlling interests |
|
| ||||||
|
T O T A L SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
| ||||||
|
T O T A L LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY |
|
| ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F - 5
INMODE LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except for per share data)
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
REVENUES |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
COST OF REVENUES |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
GROSS PROFIT |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
OPERATING EXPENSES: | ||||||||||||
|
Research and development |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
General and administrative |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Other income |
( |
) |
|
| ||||||||
|
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Finance income, net |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
INCOME BEFORE TAXES |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
INCOME TAXES |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
NET INCOME |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Add: Loss (net income) attributable to non-controlling interests |
( |
) |
|
( |
) | |||||||
|
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO INMODE LTD |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
NET INCOME PER SHARE: | ||||||||||||
|
Basic |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Diluted |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING USED IN COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE | ||||||||||||
|
Basic |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Diluted |
|
|
| |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F - 6
INMODE LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except for per share data)
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
NET INCOME |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME: | ||||||||||||
|
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
|
( |
) | ||||||||
|
Change in net unrealized gains (loss) of marketable securities, net of tax |
( |
) |
|
| ||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
T O T A L COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, net |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Add: Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests |
( |
) |
|
( |
) | |||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
T O T A L COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO INMODE LTD |
|
|
| |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F - 7
INMODE LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except for per share data)
|
InMode Ltd. Shareholders’ Equity |
Non-controlling Interests |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Ordinary Shares |
Additional paid-in capital |
Retained earnings |
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
Treasury shares | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Number of shares issued |
Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2019 |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
CHANGES DURING 2019: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income |
- |
- |
- |
|
- |
- |
|
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other comprehensive income, net |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
- |
( |
) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation |
- |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest |
- |
- |
- |
( |
) |
- |
- |
- |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interests (see note 13b) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Initial public offering of ordinary shares, net of offering costs |
|
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019 |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
CHANGES DURING 2020: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income |
- |
- |
- |
|
- |
- |
( |
) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other comprehensive income, net |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
- |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation |
- |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in exchange of ordinary shares (see note 13b) |
- |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
( |
) |
- | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
( |
) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
( |
) |
- |
( |
) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
CHANGES DURING 2021: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income |
- |
- |
- |
|
- |
- |
|
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other comprehensive loss, net |
- |
- |
- |
- |
( |
) |
- |
- |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation |
- |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in exchange of ordinary shares (see note 13b) |
|
- |
( |
) |
- |
- |
|
( |
) |
- | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
( |
) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
( |
) |
- |
( |
) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2021 |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
( |
) |
- |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F - 8
INMODE LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
|
Net income |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Adjustments required to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||||||
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Share-based compensation expenses |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Loss on marketable securities, net |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Finance expense (income), net |
|
( |
) |
( |
) | |||||||
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
( |
) |
|
( |
) | |||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||||||
|
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable |
( |
) |
( |
) |
| |||||||
|
Increase in other receivables |
( |
) |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||||
|
Increase in inventories |
( |
) |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||||
|
Increase in accounts payable |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Increase in other liabilities |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Increase (decrease) in contract liabilities |
|
( |
) |
| ||||||||
|
Decrease in accrued contingencies |
|
|
( |
) | ||||||||
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
|
Investment in short-term deposit |
( |
) |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||||
|
Proceeds from short-term deposit |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Purchase of fixed assets |
( |
) |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||||
|
Other investments |
|
|
( |
) | ||||||||
|
Purchase of marketable securities |
( |
) |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||||
|
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
( |
) |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
|
Proceeds from initial public offering of ordinary shares, net of offering costs |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
( |
) |
( |
) |
| |||||||
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
( |
) |
( |
) |
| |||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH |
( |
) |
|
| ||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
( |
) |
|
| ||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION: | ||||||||||||
|
Income taxes paid |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Interest received |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
NON-CASH ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||||
|
Recognition of operating lease ROU assets and liabilities |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Exercise of Options |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in exchange of ordinary shares |
|
|
| |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F - 9
INMODE LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
NOTE 1 - GENERAL:
InMode Ltd. (separately and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) was incorporated on January 2, 2008 and commenced operations shortly thereafter. The Company’s headquarters are located in Israel.
The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets innovative minimally-invasive aesthetic medical products based on its proprietary radio frequency assisted lipolysis and deep subdermal fractional radio frequency technologies. These technologies are used to remodel subdermal adipose, or fatty, tissue in a variety of procedures including liposuction with simultaneous skin tightening, body and face contouring and ablative skin rejuvenation treatments, as well as, for use in certain women’s health conditions and procedures. In addition to the minimally-invasive technologies, the Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets non‑invasive medical aesthetic products that target a wide array of procedures including permanent hair reduction, facial skin rejuvenation, wrinkle reduction, cellulite treatment, skin appearance and texture and superficial benign vascular and pigmented lesions. The Company also designs, develops, manufactures and markets hands-free medical aesthetic products that target a wide array of procedures such as skin tightening, fat reduction and muscle stimulation.
In August 2019, the Company completed an initial public offering (the “IPO“) on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the "Nasdaq"), in which it issued
The Company has wholly-owned subsidiaries located in the United States and Canada (“North America”), Hong-Kong, Japan, Spain, two subsidiaries in Israel, India, Australia, China, the United Kingdom (“UK”), France and Italy. During the third and fourth quarter of 2021 the Company established a second wholly owned subsidiary in Israel and a wholly owned subsidiary in Italy, respectively. The Company’s subsidiaries are referred to collectively herein as the “Subsidiaries.” The Company sells its products primarily through its Subsidiaries. See note 13b for an update regarding change in ownership of the China and UK subsidiaries.
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
a.Basis of presentation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).
b.Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.
F - 10
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
c.Functional currency
The U.S. dollar (“U.S. dollar” or “$“) is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the operations of the Company is conducted. Substantial revenues and a substantial portion of the operational costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, the functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar (“primary currency”).
Transactions and balances originally denominated in U.S. dollars are presented at their original amounts. Balances in non- U.S. dollar currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using historical and current exchange rates for non-monetary and monetary balances, respectively. For non-U.S. dollar transactions and other items in the statements of income (indicated below), the following exchange rates are used: (i) for transactions – exchange rates at transaction dates or average exchange rates; and (ii) for other items (derived from non-monetary balance sheet items such as depreciation and amortization) – historical exchange rates. Currency transaction gains and losses are presented in finance income (expenses), as appropriate.
The functional currency of each of the Subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar.
d.Principles of consolidation and presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.
Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries represent the equity in subsidiaries not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the Company. Non-controlling interests are presented in equity separately from the equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company. Profit or loss and components of other comprehensive income are attributed to the Company and to non-controlling interests. Losses are attributed to non-controlling interests even if they result in a negative balance of non-controlling interests in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with its equity owners. Accordingly, for purchases of shares from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the portion acquired of the carrying value of the net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.
Gains or losses on disposals of shares to non-controlling interests were recorded in equity.
e.Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers cash equivalents to be all short-term, highly liquid investments, which include money market instruments, that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use, and short-term bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.
f.Short-term bank deposits
Bank deposits with maturities of more than three months but less than one year are included in short-term deposits. Such short-term deposits bear interest at an average annual rate of approximately
F - 11
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
g.Marketable securities
AFS Securities
Marketable securities consist of government bonds, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities (together “Debt Securities”) and certificates of deposit measured at fair value in each reporting period. The fair value of quoted securities is based on current market value.
Debt Securities and certificates of deposit are classified as available-for-sale (together “AFS Securities”) under current assets in the consolidated balance sheet as they represent the investment of funds available for the Company’s current operations. Changes in fair value, excluding credit losses and impairments, net of taxes (if applicable), are reflected in other comprehensive income or loss. Realized gains and losses on sales of marketable Debt Securities as well as premium or discount amortization are included in the consolidated statements of income as finance income (expenses), net. Fair value is calculated based on publicly available market information. When the estimated fair value of a Debt Security is below its amortized cost, the Debt Security is assessed using the Current Expected Credit Losses model (in accordance with ASU 2016-13) in order to determine what portion of that difference, if any, is caused by expected credit losses. The amortized cost of the Debt Security will be reduced to its fair value if it is more likely than not that the Company is required to sell the impaired security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or it has the intention to sell the security. If neither of these conditions are met, the Company determines whether the impairment is due to credit losses by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows of the security with its amortized cost basis. The amount of impairment recognized is limited to the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of the security. An allowance for credit losses for the excess of amortized cost over the expected cash flows is recognized in finance income (expenses), net on the consolidated statements income.
The Company classifies investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have stated maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase as cash equivalents and those with stated maturities of greater than three months as marketable securities.
The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase.
h.Other Investments
The Company applies the measurement alternative upon the adoption of ASU 2016-01, and elected to record equity investments without readily determinable fair values at cost for other investments, less impairment, adjusted for subsequent observable price changes. In this measurement alternative method, changes in the carrying value of the equity investments are reflected in current earnings. Changes in the carrying value of the equity investment are required to be made whenever there are observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer.
F - 12
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
i.Inventories
Inventories include raw materials and finished products and are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value.
Cost is determined as follows:
•
Raw materials: first in, first out (“FIFO”) method.
•
Finished products: using the “moving average” basis. The moving average is calculated for each additional inventory unit.
The Company regularly evaluates its ability to realize the value of inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: historical usage rates, forecasted sales or usage, estimated current and future market values and new product introductions.
j.Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Balances related to operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, other current liabilities, and operating lease liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company also elected to combine lease and non-lease components and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized as of the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The discount rate for the lease is the rate implicit in the lease unless that rate cannot be readily determined. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company’s uses its estimated incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term (see also note 10).
F - 13
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
k.Property and equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:
|
Computers |
|
|
Molds |
|
|
Equipment and furniture |
|
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, which is typically shorter than the estimated useful life of the improvements.
l.Impairment of long-lived assets
The Company tests long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the long-lived asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss, which is the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the asset, using the expected future discounted cash flows.
As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss on its long-lived assets.
m.Legal and other contingencies
Certain conditions may exist as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management assesses such contingent liabilities, if any, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s management evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought.
Management applies the guidance in ASC 450-20, “Loss Contingencies” when assessing losses resulting from contingencies. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is recorded as accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.
F - 14
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
n.Income taxes:
1)
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 prescribes the use of the liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value if it is more likely than not that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, based on the weight of available positive and negative evidence. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as non-current in accordance with ASU 2015-17.
2)
Upon the distribution of dividends from the tax-exempt income of a Benefited Enterprise (see also note 14a(2)), the amount distributed is subject to tax at the rate that would have been applicable had the Company not been exempted from payment thereof. The tax amount will be recorded as an income tax expense in the period in which the Company declares the dividend. As to the amount of tax that would be owed if the Company distributed its retained earnings that would be subject to the tax exemption, see note 14a.
3)
The Company may incur an additional tax liability in the event of an inter-company dividend distribution from Subsidiaries outside of Israel; no additional deferred income taxes have been provided, since the Company does not expect to distribute inter-company dividends in the foreseeable future that may result in additional tax liability.
4)
Taxes that would apply in the event of disposal of investments in Subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing the deferred income taxes, as it is the Company’s intent and ability to hold these investments.
5)
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740-10. ASC 740-10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit of the largest amount that is more than 50% (cumulative probability) likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.
F - 15
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
o.Share-based compensation
The Company grants share options and restricted share units (“RSU”) (together “Share-Based Compensation”) to its employees, directors and non-employees in consideration for services rendered. See note 13(a)(2) for details on outstanding share capital.
The Company accounts for Share-Based Compensation awards classified as equity awards using the grant-date fair value method. The fair value at grant-date of the issued equity award is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of each share option granted is estimated using the Binomial Model, and for each RSU granted is based on the Company’s share price at the close of the last trading day prior to the date of the grant. The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience and anticipated future conditions at the time of grant and revises such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
The Company elected to recognize Share-Based Compensation cost for awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule using the straight-line method based on the multiple-option award approach. Performance-based Share-Based Compensation expenses are calculated based on the valuation at the grant date, and recognized based on the probability of achieving those targets. The Company assess at what scale can the performance targets be reached at each balance sheet date, and expenses are recognized accordingly.
The Company applies ASU 2018-07 (Topic 718) that expands the scope of Topic 718 to include Share-Based Compensation transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the provision of the amendment, the Company measures share-based compensation to non-employees in the same manner as share-based compensation to employees.
p.Revenue recognition
The Company applies ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the entity performs the following five steps:
(i)
Identify the contract(s) with a customer;
(ii)
Identify the performance obligations in the contract. The Company determined that its arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate performance obligations: products, consumables and extended warranties;
(iii)
Determine the transaction price;
(iv)
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract;
The Company estimates the standalone selling prices of the services to be provided based on actual sales transactions of service contract purchased on a standalone basis and uses the residual approach to estimate the selling price of the products; and
F - 16
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
|
(v) |
Recognize revenue when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. | |
|
| ||
|
The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer, after considering any price concession expected to be provided to the customer, when applicable. At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. | ||
|
| ||
|
The Company uses the following practical expedients that are permitted under the rules: | ||
|
• The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in sales and marketing expenses. • The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original expected length of one year or less. | ||
|
| ||
|
The following is a description of the principal activities from which the Company generates its revenue. | ||
Product Revenue, Net
Revenues from product sales are recognized when the customer obtains control over the Company’s product, typically upon shipment to the customer. Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenues.
Payment terms and conditions vary by customer. The Company’s standard terms for end users usually require of payment upon delivery and for distributors require a down payment and payments made within several month from the invoice date.
The Company may enter into installment sales contracts with end users in North America that provide them with long-term (generally up to 60 months) financing for the purchase of the Company’s products. The interest rate used in these contracts reflects the credit characteristics of the party receiving financing in the contract, as well as any collateral or security provided by the customer. Interest income on these receivables is recognized as finance income and earned over the terms of the contract.
Variable consideration includes price concessions related to installment sales contracts. The Company estimates variable consideration using the most likely method. Amounts included in the transaction price are recognized only when it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenues will not occur.
The Company does not grant a right of return, refund, cancelation or termination. From time to time, the Company participates in its customers’ marketing activities and deducts such amounts from revenue.
F - 17
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
Service Revenue
The Company also generates revenues from long-term maintenance contracts (“Extended Warranty”). Revenue from Extended Warranty is recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the applicable service contract. These maintenance agreements are included in contract liabilities. Revenue from repairs performed in the absence of Extended Warranty is recognized when the related services are performed.
The Company classifies the portion of contract liabilities not expected to be earned in the subsequent 12 months as long-term.
q.Allowance for doubtful accounts and financial instruments – credit loss
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records an allowance when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances during the period in which such loss is determined to be probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, account balance aging and prevailing economic conditions. Doubtful account balances are written off and deducted from the allowance when the receivable is deemed uncollectible, after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.
Starting from January 1, 2020, the Company applies ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“the Standard”).
The Company uses the Standard as part of the allowance for doubtful accounts estimated losses which takes into account a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This information includes among other the historic experience, the extent and amount of the account and geographical characteristics of the account.
The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
r.Warranty reserve
The Company provides a one-year standard warranty for its products. The Company records a provision for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty at the time of sale. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty reserve include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty repairs and the cost per repair. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
The following table sets forth activity in the Company’s accrued warranty account for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively:
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 |
| ||||
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
|
|
| |||
|
Cost incurred |
( |
) |
( |
) |
( |
) | |
|
Expense recognized |
|
|
|
| |||
|
Balance at end of year |
|
|
|
|
F - 18
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
s.Cost of revenues
Cost of revenue consists of products purchased from turnkey sub-contractors which are responsible for the production of most of the Company’s products under the Company’s directions and supervision, raw materials for in-house assembly line, shipping and handling costs to customers and to subsidiaries, salary, employee-related expenses and overhead expenses of internal assembly line and service costs associate with warranty.
t.Research and development costs
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and includes salaries and employee-related expenses, overhead expenses, material and third-party contractor’s charges related to product development, regulatory affairs and clinical studies.
u.Net income per share
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributed to InMode Ltd. shareholders by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value NIS
For the diluted earnings per share calculation, the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year is adjusted for the average number of shares that are potentially issuable in connection with employee share-based payment, using the treasury stock method.
v.Fair value measurement
The Company measures fair value and discloses fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities. Fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions.
The fair value of the financial instruments included in the working capital of the Company is usually identical or close to their carrying value.
The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:
|
Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs. | |
|
| |
|
Level 2 – Observable prices that are based on identical or similar instruments not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by observable market data, or quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets. | |
|
| |
|
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs. |
The Company maintains policies and procedures to determine the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using what it considers to be the most relevant and reliable market data available.
F - 19
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
w.Segments
The Company operates in one segment. Management does not segregate its business for internal reporting. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of its business based on financial data consistent with the presentation in the accompanying financial statements. The Company concluded that its unified business is conducted globally and accordingly represents one operating segment.
Entity-wide disclosures on revenue and long-lived assets are presented in note 15.
x.Employee severance benefits
The Company is required to make severance payments upon dismissal of an Israeli employee or upon termination of employment in certain circumstances.
In accordance with the current employment terms with all of its employees (Section 14 of the Israeli Severance Pay Law, 1963) located in Israel, the Company makes regular deposits with certain insurance companies for accounts controlled by each applicable employee in order to secure the employee’s full retirement benefit and severance obligation. The Company is relieved from any severance pay liability with respect to each such employee after it makes the payments on behalf of the employee. The liability accrued in respect of these employees and the amounts funded, as of the respective agreement dates, are not reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, as the amounts funded are not under the control and management of the Company and the pension or severance pay risks have been irrevocably transferred to the applicable insurance companies.
The amounts of severance payment expenses were $
The Company expects to contribute approximately $
y.Treasury Shares
Treasury shares are presented as a reduction of equity, at their cost to the Company.
F - 20
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
z.Newly issued and recently adopted accounting pronouncements
Recently adopted accounting pronouncements:
1)In December 2019, the FASB issued a new standard to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences related to changes in ownership of equity method investments and foreign subsidiaries. The standard became effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. The guidance did not have material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 3 - COVID-19
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 to be a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic is having widespread, rapidly evolving, and unpredictable impacts on global society, economies, financial markets, and business practices. During 2021, there has been a wide distribution of several vaccinations and medicines to overcome the pandemic. The Company has shifted its operations to co-exist along the pandemic with encouragement of vaccinations to all of the employees worldwide. Though the Company sees great progress to overcome the COVID-19 pandemic, still the COVID-19 may continue to impact the Company’s business operations, with outbursts of new variants of the COVID-19 from time to time, and there is uncertainty in the nature and degree of its continued effects over time.
The uncertainty to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts the Company’s business, affects management’s judgment and assumptions relating to accounting estimates in a variety of areas that depend on these estimates and assumptions, including variable consideration related to price concessions resulted an immaterial influence at the end of 2020 and did not have influence in 2021. COVID-19 also resulted in re-pricing of the Company’s existing share-based compensations in March of 2020 (see also note 13a).
F - 21
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 4 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS:
AFS securities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of government bonds, municipal bonds, corporate debt securities and certificates of deposit. These marketable securities are recorded at fair value.
The following table sets forth the Company’s marketable securities for the periods indicated:
|
December 31 |
| ||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
| |||
|
Government bonds * |
|
|
| ||
|
Municipal bonds |
|
| |||
|
Corporate debt securities |
|
|
| ||
|
Certificates of deposit |
|
|
| ||
|
Total |
|
|
| ||
|
| |
|
* |
|
The Company classifies AFS securities within Level 2 because it uses alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs to determine their fair value. See also note 2(v).
The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the period:
|
December 31, 2021 |
| |||||||||
|
Fair value |
Cost or amortized cost |
Gross unrealized holding loss |
Gross unrealized holding gains |
| ||||||
|
Level 2 securities: |
| |||||||||
|
Government bonds |
|
|
( |
) |
|
| ||||
|
Municipal bonds |
|
|
( |
) |
| |||||
|
Corporate debt securities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
| ||||
|
Certificates of deposit |
|
|
( |
) |
|
| ||||
|
Total |
|
|
( |
) |
|
| ||||
|
December 31, 2020 |
| |||||||||
|
Fair value |
Cost or amortized cost |
Gross unrealized holding loss |
Gross unrealized holding gains |
| ||||||
|
Level 2 securities: |
| |||||||||
|
Government bonds |
|
|
( |
) |
|
| ||||
|
Corporate debt securities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
| ||||
|
Certificates of deposit |
|
|
|
|
| |||||
|
Total |
|
|
( |
) |
|
| ||||
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company considered, based on its evaluation, that the decreases in market value on relevant marketable securities were temporarily impaired and primarily attributable to changes in interest rates, and therefore did not result in an impairment charge in finance income (expenses), net.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s debt securities had the following maturity dates:
|
December 31 |
| ||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
| |||
|
Due within one year |
|
|
| ||
|
1 to 2 years |
|
|
| ||
|
2 to 3 years |
|
|
| ||
|
Total |
|
|
| ||
F - 22
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 5 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:
Accounts receivable consist of the following:
|
December 31 |
| ||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
| |||
|
|
| ||||
|
Trade |
|
|
| ||
|
Notes receivable |
|
|
| ||
|
Less - allowance for doubtful debt |
( |
) |
( |
) | |
|
|
|
| |||
|
Less - non-current accounts receivable |
( |
) |
( |
) | |
|
Total accounts receivable |
|
|
| ||
NOTE 6 - OTHER CURRENT RECIVABLES:
Other current receivables consist of the following:
|
December 31 | |||||
|
2021 |
2020 | ||||
|
Advances to suppliers |
|
| |||
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
| |||
|
Government institutions |
|
| |||
|
Income tax |
|
| |||
|
Other |
|
| |||
|
Total other current liabilities |
|
| |||
NOTE 7 - INVENTORIES:
Inventories consist of the following:
|
December 31 |
| ||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
| |||
|
|
| ||||
|
Raw materials |
|
|
| ||
|
Finished products |
|
|
| ||
|
Total inventories |
|
|
| ||
NOTE 8 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:
Composition of property and equipment grouped by major classifications is as follows:
|
December 31 |
| |||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
| ||||||
|
| ||||||||
|
Computers |
|
|
| |||||
|
Office furniture and equipment |
|
|
| |||||
|
Molds |
|
|
| |||||
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
| |||||
|
|
|
| ||||||
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||
|
Total property and equipment, net |
|
|
| |||||
Total depreciation and amortization in respect of property and equipment were $
F - 23
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 9 - OTHER INVESTMENTS:
In November 2019, the Company signed a Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement (the “SPA”) with (BY) Medimor Ltd., one of the Company’s turnkey manufacturing subcontractors (“Medimor”). Pursuant to the SPA, the Company has invested an aggregate amount of $
The Company's investment in Medimor is measured at cost, less impairment and adjusted for subsequent observable price changes.
NOTE 10 - LEASES:
The Company’s main leasing properties are located in Israel, USA and Canada as detailed below:
a.In May 2018, the Company signed a lease agreement for its headquarters in Israel. In January 2019, February 2020 and March 2021 the Company signed a supplement lease agreements, further expanding its headquarters in Israel (collectively, the “Lease Agreement”). The Lease Agreement will expire in
The costs under the Lease Agreement in Israel are linked to the Israeli Consumer Price Index. For purposes of ensuring the Company’s obligation towards the lessor, the Company has provided the lessor with a bank guarantee of NIS
The Company also leases vehicles for several employees in Israel for a period of three years.
b.The Company’s U.S. subsidiary has a lease agreement for its offices that expires in
c.The Company’s Canadian subsidiary has a lease agreement for its offices that expires in
From time to time the Company also leases small properties, mainly for offices for Subsidiaries around the world which range for periods of up to 3 years.
F - 24
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 10 - LEASES (continued):
The lease cost was as follows:
|
Year ended December 31 |
| |||||||
|
|
2021 |
2020 |
| |||||
|
|
| |||||||
|
Operating lease cost |
|
|
| |||||
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:
|
Year ended December 31 |
| |||||||
|
|
2021 |
2020 |
| |||||
|
|
| |||||||
|
Operating cash flows from operating leases |
|
|
| |||||
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:
|
December 31, |
| |||||||
|
|
2021 |
2020 |
| |||||
|
Operating Leases |
| |||||||
|
Operating lease right-of-use assets |
|
|
| |||||
|
|
| |||||||
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
| |||||
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
|
| |||||
|
Total operating lease liabilities |
|
|
| |||||
|
|
| |||||||
|
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term |
| |||||||
|
Operating leases |
|
|
| |||||
|
|
| |||||||
|
Weighted Average Discount Rate |
| |||||||
|
Operating leases |
|
|
| |||||
As of December 31, 2021, the maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:
|
Operating Leases |
| |||
|
|
| |||
|
Year Ending December 31, |
| |||
|
2022 |
|
| ||
|
2023 |
|
| ||
|
2024 |
|
| ||
|
2025 and beyond |
| |||
|
Total lease payments |
|
| ||
|
Less imputed interests |
( |
) | ||
|
Total |
|
| ||
F - 25
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 11 - OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Other current liabilities consist of the following:
|
December 31 | ||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 | |||||||
|
Employees and related expenses |
|
| ||||||
|
Government institutions |
|
| ||||||
|
Income tax |
|
| ||||||
|
Warranty reserve |
|
| ||||||
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
| ||||||
|
Other |
|
| ||||||
|
Total other current liabilities |
|
| ||||||
NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:
Subcontracting agreements
The Company has an existing turnkey manufacturing agreement with one of its major subcontractors provider in Israel in connection with manufacturing and assembling the Company’s products. The agreement is renewed automatically every year for an additional one-year period, unless either the Company or the turnkey manufacturer gives written notice three months prior to the expiration of the term of its decision not to renew the agreement. Additionally, the Company or the turnkey manufacturer have the ability to terminate the contract at any time and for any reason with a prior written notice of four months.
In October 2019, the Company entered into a turnkey manufacturing agreement with another of its major subcontractors provider in Israel, (BY) Medimor Ltd. The agreement is for three years and renewed automatically every year afterwards for an additional one-year period, unless either the Company or (BY) Medimor Ltd gives written notice three months prior to the expiration of the term of its decision not to renew the agreement. Additionally, the Company or (BY) Medimor Ltd have the ability to terminate the agreement at any time and for any reason with a prior written notice of six months. As to investment in (BY) Medimor Ltd - see also note 9.
According to the agreements above, the Company does not have a minimum order obligation, but the Company provides the subcontractors a six-month rolling forecast with the projected demand for products. In case of termination of the agreement with each subcontractor, the Company has to compensate that subcontractor for non-returnable inventory, materials in orders that cannot be cancelled and finished products inventory. As of December 31, 2021, the subcontractors’ finished goods inventory, raw materials and open orders amounted to approximately $
F - 26
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
a.Share Capital:
1)Ordinary shares
Each holder of the Company’s ordinary shares is entitled to one vote. The holders of ordinary shares are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available, when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since inception, the Company has not declared any dividends.
In June 2019, the Company's shareholders resolved to increase the authorized share capital of the Company to NIS
In August 2019, the Company completed an IPO on the Nasdaq, in which it issued
In September 2020, the Company approved a share repurchase program of up to
During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company purchased
During 2021, the Company purchased
On September 30, 2021, the Company executed a
Unless otherwise indicated, and except for authorized capital, all of the share numbers, number of RSUs, number of options to purchase ordinary shares, net income per share amounts, share prices and option exercise prices in these financial statements have been adjusted, on a retroactive basis, to the 2021 Share Split.
F - 27
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):
2)Share-based compensation
On January 30, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted two share option plans as follows (collectively, the “2008 Plans”):
a)2008 Israeli Option Plan (“2008 Israeli Plan”) allowing the Company to grant ordinary shares and options to purchase ordinary shares to Israeli employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. Each option under the 2008 Israeli Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.
b)2008 ROW Option Plan (“2008 ROW Plan”) allowing the Company to grant ordinary shares and options to purchase ordinary shares to non-Israeli employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. Each option under the 2008 ROW Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.
In June 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a new incentive plan (“2018 Incentive Plan”), allowing the Company to grant ordinary shares, options to purchase ordinary shares, restricted shares and restricted share unit (“RSUs”) (together - “Awards”) to Israeli and other non-U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The 2018 Incentive Plan also includes as an appendix a sub-plan allowing the Company to grant Awards to U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Each option award under 2018 Incentive Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.
The grant of awards to Israeli employees, officers and directors under the 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2018 Incentive Plan is subject to the terms stipulated by Sections 102 and 102A of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance. Each award grant is subject to the track chosen by the Company, either Section 102 or Section 102A of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, and pursuant to the terms thereof, the Company is not allowed to claim as an expense for tax purposes the amounts credited to employees as benefits, including amounts recorded as salary benefits in the Company’s accounts, in respect of options granted to employees under the 2008 Israeli Plan, with the exception of the work-income benefit component, if any, determined on grant date. For consultants and service providers, grants under the 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2018 Incentive Plan are subject to Section 3(i) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance.
Upon the adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, the then-current pool of awards available for future grants under the 2008 Plans was canceled and returned to the Company’s authorized and un-issued share capital. In addition, any shares returning to the free pool of options under the 2008 Plans, due to options expirations or otherwise, are automatically returning to the Company's authorized and un-issued share capital.
Upon adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, the Board and the shareholders resolved to approve an evergreen mechanism with respect to the 2018 Incentive Plan, under which the number of reserved, authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the Company available for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan shall automatically increase on an annual basis, by such number of options as follows: on the first business day of each calendar year beginning in 2019, the number of awards equal to the lesser of (i)
F - 28
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):
Total awards under 2018 Incentive Plan that have been authorized to be issued as ordinary shares:
|
Number of awards | ||||
|
Upon adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan |
|
* | ||
|
Automatic increase approved by the Board of the Company in: | ||||
|
January 2020 |
|
* | ||
|
January 2021 |
|
* | ||
|
January 2022 |
| |||
|
Total |
| |||
*
As of December 31, 2021,
Details Regarding Grant of Awards:
During 2021, the Company granted only RSUs to its employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants.
|
Year Ended December 31, 2021 | |||||||
|
Award amount |
Exercise price range |
Vesting period | |||||
|
Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants: | |||||||
|
| |||||||
|
February 9, 2021 |
|
|
| ||||
|
May 6, 2021 |
|
|
| ||||
|
July 27, 2021 |
|
|
| ||||
During 2020, the Company granted only options to its employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants.
|
Year Ended December 31, 2020 | |||||||||
|
Award amount |
Exercise price range |
Vesting period |
Expiration | ||||||
|
Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants: | |||||||||
|
| |||||||||
|
January 7, 2020 |
|
$ |
|
| |||||
|
February 17, 2020 |
|
$ |
|
| |||||
|
March 15, 2020 |
|
$ |
|
| |||||
|
May 5, 2020 |
|
$ |
|
| |||||
|
November 11, 2020 |
|
$ |
|
| |||||
*
F - 29
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):
**
On March 15, 2020, the Company’s board of directors approved: (i) the re-pricing of such outstanding options under Section 102 to the Israeli Tax Ordinance that were granted during November 2019 and February 2020, to a lower exercise price of $
As a result, for
The reduction of the exercise price of the options was considered a Type I modification. The total incremental fair value of these options amounted to $
***
Options granted as part of share exchange agreement entered into by and between the Company and Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-Industry Investment Fund (LLP). See note 13(b)(i) below.
F - 30
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):
Share Options
The following tables summarize information concerning options as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 | |||||||||||||||
|
Number of Options |
Weighted Average Exercise price* |
Number of Options |
Weighted average exercise price* | |||||||||||||
|
Outstanding at beginning of year |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
| ||||||||||
|
Changes during the year: | ||||||||||||||||
|
Granted |
|
|
|
** |
| |||||||||||
|
Cancelled |
|
|
( |
)** |
| |||||||||||
|
Exercised |
( |
) |
|
( |
) |
| ||||||||||
|
Forfeited |
( |
) |
|
( |
) |
| ||||||||||
|
Expired |
|
|
( |
) |
| |||||||||||
|
Outstanding at end of year |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
| ||||||||||
|
Exercisable at end of year |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
| ||||||||||
|
| |
|
* |
|
|
** |
|
As of December 31, 2021, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of exercisable options were
The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the binomial option-pricing model, with the following assumptions:
|
Year ended December 31 | |||||||
|
2020 |
2019 | ||||||
|
Fair value of one ordinary share |
$ |
$ | |||||
|
Dividend yield |
|
| |||||
|
Expected volatility |
|
| |||||
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
| |||||
|
Early exercise multiple (“EEM”) |
|
| |||||
|
Contractual term |
|
| |||||
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the options granted in dollar terms.
The employee termination exit rate assumption is based on current geographical data of the Company.
At the time of the option grants in 2020, the Company’s ordinary shares have been publicly traded for only a short period of time, and therefore the early exercise multiple (“EEM”) was based on academic empirical findings and the expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of comparable companies.
F - 31
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):
The total fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had
The following tables summarize information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2021:
|
December 31, 2021 | ||||||||
|
Options outstanding |
Options exercisable | |||||||
|
Number of |
Weighted |
Number of |
Weighted | |||||
|
options |
average |
options |
average | |||||
|
outstanding |
remaining |
exercisable |
remaining | |||||
|
Exercise |
at end of |
contractual |
at end of |
contractual | ||||
|
prices * |
year |
Life |
year |
life | ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
$ |
|
|
|
| ||||
|
| |
|
* |
The aggregate intrinsic value of total vested and exercisable options as of December 31, 2021 is $
Restricted Share Unit
The following tables summarize information concerning RSUs as of December 31, 2021:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||
|
2021 | ||||||||
|
Number of RSUs |
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value | |||||||
|
Outstanding at beginning of year |
|
| ||||||
|
Changes during the year: | ||||||||
|
Granted |
|
| ||||||
|
Forfeited |
( |
) |
| |||||
|
Outstanding at end of year* |
|
$ |
| |||||
*
F - 32
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):
Each RSU represents the right to receive one ordinary share of the Company upon the vesting thereof. The fair value of an RSU is identical to the value of the underlying share at the close of the last trading day prior to the day of grant. The fair value of each RSU granted in 2021 were $
The total fair value of RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2021, was $
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had
The aggregate intrinsic value of total vested RSUs as of December 31, 2021 is $
a) The following table illustrates the effect of share-based compensation on the consolidated statements of income:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Selling and marketing expenses |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
|
|
| ||||||||||
F - 33
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):
b.Non-Controlling Interests:
1)In December 2016, the Company signed a joint venture agreement (the “JV Agreement”) with Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-Industry Investment Fund (LLP) (“GIBF”), and an Equity Joint Venture Company (“JVC”) was established, in which the Company had
On May 5, 2019, GIBF, the non-controlling partner in the JVC signed an agreement in which it has waived any and all rights, privileges and interests with regards to conversion right of the Company shares (“JVC Waiver”). Upon completion of the IPO on August 7, 2019, the JVC Waiver became effective.
As a result of the JVC Waiver, the Company reclassified into non-controlling interests the balance of JVC redeemable non-controlling interest in the amount of $
On November 11, 2020 (the “Signing Date”), the Company, GIBF and JVC entered into a share exchange agreement (the " JVC Exchange Agreement") whereby, GIBF sold to the Company all of its outstanding share capital in the JVC (thereby making the JVC a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) and all of its rights pursuant to the JV Agreement, in exchange for a purchase consideration of $
For certain services provided by GIBF to the JVC, the Company has granted GIBF
The JVC Exchange Agreement became effective at the Signing Date and thus was recognized in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. In January 2021, 124,914 of the Company’s ordinary shares were issued to GIBF from the Company’s treasury shares.
2)The past non-controlling partner in the Company's U.K. subsidiary ("Invasix UK"), Wigmore Medical Limited (“Wigmore”), had the right to convert its equity interests in Invasix UK in connection with an initial public offering of the Company into shares of the Company. On August 30, 2018, Wigmore waived any and all rights, privileges and interests with regards to such conversion right (“UK Waiver”), and has been considered and treated as a non-controlling interest from that day.
On April 23, 2021, the Company, Dilazar Limited (“Dilazar”), Wigmore and Invasix UK entered into a share exchange agreement (the “UK Exchange Agreement”) whereby, Dilazar (which owned
F - 34
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 14 - TAXES ON INCOME:
a.InMode Ltd.
The Company is taxed according to Israeli tax laws:
1)Measurement of results for tax purposes
Since 2008 until 2019, the Company has measured the results of InMode Ltd. (the "Israeli Company") for tax purposes in nominal terms in NIS. Starting from 2020, and onwards, the Company’s results for Israeli tax purposes are measured in U.S dollars based on the Dollar Regulations which the company chose to implement for Israeli tax purposes (detailed rules apply in this regard).
These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. The changes in the exchange rate of the dollar, both on an annual and a cumulative basis cause a difference between taxable income and income reflected in these consolidated financial statements. ASC 740-10-25 prohibits the recognition of deferred tax liabilities or assets that arise from differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities that are re-measured from the local currency into dollars using historical exchange rates, and that result from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax purposes. Consequently, the above-mentioned differences were not reflected in the computation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
2)Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (hereinafter - the law)
Under the Encouragement of Capital Investments Law, including Amendment No. 60 thereof as published in April 2005, by virtue of the “Approved Enterprise” or “Benefited Enterprise” status, the Israeli Company is entitled to various tax benefits as follows:
a)Reduced tax rates
Income derived from the Benefited Enterprise during a
In 2009, the Israeli Company received a tax ruling (the “Ruling”) approving its activity as a Benefited Enterprise, provided that the Israeli Company meets the requirements under the Ruling. The Israeli Company’s facility obtained the status of a Benefited Enterprise, which made it eligible for tax benefits for a period of up to ten years.
The period of benefits of the Benefited Enterprise of the Israeli Company commenced in 2012. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s retained earnings derived substantially all from the benefits of Benefited Enterprise.
F - 35
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 14 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):
In the event of a distribution of dividends (or deemed dividends) from income that was tax exempt as discussed above, the Company will be required to pay the applicable corporate tax that would otherwise have been payable on such income according to the law. In addition, upon distribution of dividends from tax-exempt income, the recipient shall be subject to tax at the rate of
b)Conditions for entitlement to the benefits
The Israeli Company entitlement to the benefits described above is subject to its fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the law, rules and regulations published thereunder, in its Benefited Enterprise as determined on the ruling received. These conditions include, among other things, that the production, directly or through subcontractors, of all the Company’s products should be performed in certain areas of Israel. If there is any failure by the Israeli Company to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be cancelled and the Israeli Company may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, with interest.
c)Amendments of the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959
Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2011 and were further amended in August 2013 (the “2011 Amendment”). Under the 2011 Amendment, income derived by ‘Preferred Companies’ from ‘Preferred Enterprises’ (both as defined in the 2011 Amendment) would be subject to a uniform rate of corporate tax for an unlimited period as opposed to the incentives prior to the 2011 Amendment that were limited to income from Approved or Benefited Enterprises during their benefits period. According to the 2011 Amendment, the tax rate applicable to such income, referred to as ‘Preferred Income,’ would be
While the Company may incur additional tax liability in the event of distribution of dividends from tax exempt income generated from its Approved and Benefited Enterprises as previously described, no additional tax liability will be incurred by the Company in the event of distribution of dividends from Preferred Income.
F - 36
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 14 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):
Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2017 (the “2017 Amendment”). Under the 2017 Amendment, and provided the conditions stipulated therein are met, income derived by Preferred Companies from ‘Preferred Technological Enterprises’ (“PTE”) (as defined in the 2017 Amendment), would be subject to reduced corporate tax rates of
On June 14, 2017, the Encouragement of Capital Investments Regulations (Preferred Technology Income and Capital Profits for a Technological Enterprise), 2017 (the “Regulations”) were published, which adopted Action 5 under the base erosion and profit shifting (“BEPS”) regulations. The Regulations describe, inter alia, the mechanism used to determine the calculation of the benefits under the PTE and under the SPTE Regime and determine certain requirements relating to documentation of intellectual property for the purpose of the PTE. According to these provisions, a company that complies with the terms under the PTE regime may be entitled to certain tax benefits with respect to income generated during the company’s regular course of business and derived from the preferred intangible asset (as determined in the Investments Law), excluding income derived from intangible assets used for marketing and income attributed to production activity. In the event that intangible assets used for marketing purposes generate over 10% of the PTE’s income, the relevant portion, calculated using a transfer pricing study, would be subject to regular corporate income tax. If such income does not exceed 10%, the PTE will not be required to exclude the marketing income from the PTE’s total income. The Regulations set a presumption of direct production expenses plus 10% with respect to income related to production, which can be countered by the results of a supporting transfer pricing study. Tax rates applicable to such production income expenses will be similar to the tax rates under the Preferred Enterprise regime, to the extent such income would be considered as eligible. In order to calculate the preferred income, the PTE is required to take into account the income and the research and development expenses that are attributed to each single preferred intangible asset. Nevertheless, it should be noted that the transitional provisions allow companies to take into account the income and research and development expenses attributed to all of the preferred intangible assets they have. Under the Regulations, the Company’s corporate tax rate is expected to be between
Under the transitional provisions of the law, a company is allowed to continue to enjoy the tax benefits available under the law prior to its amendment until the end of the period of benefits, as defined in the law. In each year during the period of benefits as a Benefited Enterprise, the Company will be able to opt for application of the amendment, thereby making available the tax rates discussed above. The Company’s election to apply the amendment is irrecoverable.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s management decided not to adopt the application of the amendment.
F - 37
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 14 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):
Pursuant to a recent amendment to the Investments Law which became effective on November 15, 2021, a company that elects by November 15, 2022 to pay a reduced corporate tax rate as set forth in that amendment (rather than the regular corporate tax rate applicable to Approved Enterprise income) with respect to undistributed exempt income accumulated by the company until December 31, 2020 will be entitled to distribute a dividend from such income or to be used for any other reason found by the Company, without being required to pay additional corporate tax. A company that has so elected must make certain qualified investments in Israel over the five-year period commencing on the year of which the company has elected to pay the reduced corporate tax rate. A company that has elected to apply the amendment cannot withdraw from its election. The Company is currently reviewing the new amendment and its implications to the Company. If the Company elects to take advantage of the amendment, it will be required to pay up to approximately NIS
3)Corporate tax rate in Israel
The Company is taxed in accordance with Israeli tax laws. The corporate tax rate is
b.Subsidiaries outside of Israel
Subsidiaries that are incorporated outside of Israel are assessed for taxes under the tax laws in their countries of residence.
In March 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted in the US, which provides among others, tax relief measures for businesses including a five-year net operating loss (“NOL”) carry back. As a result, the Company recognized in its consolidated financial statements a receivable tax asset in the amount of $
As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s subsidiary in U.S has an accumulated tax loss carryforward of approximately $
Under U.S. tax laws, subject to certain limitations, carryforward tax losses originating in tax years beginning after January 1, 2018, have no expiration date, but they are limited to 80% of the company's taxable income in any given tax year. However, the 80% limitation is temporarily removed by the CARES Act, which reinstates the 80% limitation for tax years beginning after 2020. A full valuation allowance was created against the Company’s subsidiary in U.S deferred tax assets. Management currently believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred taxes generated in U.S will not be realized in the foreseeable future.
F - 38
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 14 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):
c.Deferred income taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:
|
December 31 |
| |||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
| ||||||
|
Deferred tax assets in respect of: |
| |||||||
|
|
| |||||||
|
Subsidiaries carryforward losses |
|
|
| |||||
|
Other temporary differences |
|
|
| |||||
|
Share-based compensation |
|
|
| |||||
|
Deferred tax asset in respect to other comprehensive loss |
|
| ||||||
|
Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance |
|
|
| |||||
|
Valuation allowance |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||
|
Total deferred tax asset |
|
|
| |||||
|
Deferred tax lability in respect to other comprehensive income |
|
( |
) | |||||
|
Total deferred tax liability |
|
( |
) | |||||
|
Deferred tax asset, net |
|
|
| |||||
Deferred taxes are computed using the tax rates expected to be in effect when those differences reverse.
The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized in the foreseeable future. As of each reporting date, management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact management’s view with regard to the future realization of deferred tax assets for each jurisdiction.
F - 39
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 14 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):
d.Reconciliation of theoretical tax expense to actual tax expense
Following is a reconciliation of the theoretical provision for income tax, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory corporate tax rate applicable to Israeli corporations, and the actual tax on income:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
Income before taxes on income |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Theoretical tax expenses at the statutory rate of InMode |
|
% |
|
% |
|
% | ||||||
|
|
|
| ||||||||||
|
Increase (decrease) in taxes on income due to: | ||||||||||||
|
Benefits to the Benefited Enterprise |
( |
) |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||||
|
Different effective tax rates applicable to the Subsidiaries |
( |
) |
|
| ||||||||
|
NOL carry back as part of the CARES Act relief |
|
( |
) |
| ||||||||
|
Valuation allowance |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Uncertain tax position |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Non-deductible expenses and other permanent differences, mainly share based compensation expenses |
|
|
( |
) | ||||||||
|
Previous years |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
|
|
| ||||||||||
e.Tax assessments
In accordance with the Israel Income Tax Ordinance, as of December 31, 2021, all tax assessments on the Israeli Company and one of the Company’s subsidiary in Israel through tax year 2016 are considered final. The Israeli Company is going through tax assessment by Israel tax authorities for tax years 2017 until 2020.
As of December 31, 2021, all tax assessments on the Company’s subsidiary in the United States, through tax year 2016, are considered final, in accordance with the tax law in its country of residence.
The other Company’s subsidiaries open tax years, range form 2016-2021, in their relevant jurisdictions.
F - 40
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 14 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):
f.Income before income taxes is composed of the following:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
InMode Ltd. |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Subsidiaries outside Israel |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
|
|
| ||||||||||
g.Tax expenses (tax benefit):
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
Current: | ||||||||||||
|
Israel |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Subsidiaries |
( |
) |
( |
) |
| |||||||
|
|
( |
) |
| |||||||||
|
Previous year: | ||||||||||||
|
Israel |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Subsidiaries |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
|
|
| ||||||||||
|
Deferred: | ||||||||||||
|
Israel |
( |
) |
|
( |
) | |||||||
|
Subsidiaries |
|
|
( |
) | ||||||||
|
( |
) |
|
( |
) | ||||||||
|
Total taxes on income |
|
|
| |||||||||
h.Uncertain tax positions:
ASC No. 740, Income Taxes, requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate and consequently, affect the operating results of the Company.
The following table summarizes the activity of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits:
|
Year ended December 31 |
| |||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
| ||||||
|
|
| |||||||
|
Balance at January 1 |
|
|
| |||||
|
Increase (decrease) in uncertain tax positions for the previous years, net |
( |
) |
| |||||
|
Increase in uncertain tax positions for the current year |
|
|
| |||||
|
Balance at December 31 |
|
|
| |||||
The Company does not expect uncertain tax positions to change significantly over the next 12 months, except in the case of settlements with tax authorities, the likelihood and timing of which is difficult to estimate.
F - 41
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 15 - ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE:
a.Revenue
1)Net sales by geographic area were as follows:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
|
United States |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Other |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Total sales: |
|
|
| |||||||||
2)Net sales based on products' technology were as follows:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
|
|
% |
% |
% | |||||||||
|
Minimal-Invasive |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Hands-Free |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
Non-Invasive |
|
|
| |||||||||
|
|
|
| ||||||||||
3)The changes in contract liabilities are as follows:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 | |||||||
|
| ||||||||
|
Balance as of January 1 |
|
| ||||||
|
Increases due to issuance of new contracts, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period |
|
| ||||||
|
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period |
( |
) |
( |
) | ||||
|
Balance as of December 31 |
|
| ||||||
|
Contract liability presented in non-current liabilities (1) |
|
| ||||||
|
Contract liability presented in current liabilities |
|
| ||||||
|
|
| |
|
(1) |
|
F - 42
|
INMODE LTD. |
|
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
NOTE 15 - ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (continued):
b.Long-Lived Assets
|
December 31 | ||||||||
|
2021 |
2020 | |||||||
|
| ||||||||
|
Israel |
|
| ||||||
|
United States |
|
| ||||||
|
Other |
|
| ||||||
|
|
| |||||||
NOTE 16 - RELATED PARTIES:
a.The Company receives and provides certain services from and to Home Skinovations Ltd., a related party as part of a service agreement between them. The services include an office sublease in Israel, use of certain computer hardware and switchboard infrastructure, certain software licenses, joint purchases of employee’s welfare products and services from third parties and limited manpower services. The Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company is also a substantial shareholder and board member of Home Skinovations Ltd. and one of the Company’s directors, serves on the board of directors of Home Skinovations Ltd. The Company recorded expenses related to services received from Home Skinovations Ltd. of $
b.The Company’s subsidiary in Canada receives and provides certain services from and to a subsidiary of Home Skinovations Ltd. in Canada as part of a service agreement between them. The services include mobile phone services, an office sublease, use of certain computer hardware and switchboard infrastructure, certain software licenses, joint purchases of employee’s welfare products and services from third parties and limited manpower services. In relation to these services, the Company recorded expenses in the amount of $
c.The Company’s subsidiaries in North America receive certain marketing services from SpaMedica International SRL, which was amalgamated with a sister company into the Company’s major shareholder BoomerangFX International SRL during 2021, with BoomerangFX International SRL surviving, and its related party SpaMedica Corp., and recorded expenses related to those services in the amount of $
d.The Company receives certain investment portfolio management services from Himalaya Family Office Consulting Ltd., with respect to part of our investment portfolio. The Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, is a minor shareholder and a board member of Himalaya Family Office Consulting Ltd. In relation to these services, the Company recorded expenses in the amount of $
NOTE 17- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
In February 2022, the Company has entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Home Skinovations Ltd., whereby Home Skinovations Ltd. sold and assigned to the Company all of Home Skinovations Ltd.’s right, title and interest in and to Home Skinovations Ltd.’s Spa segment assets (including molds, tooling, inventory and trademarks) and further granted the Company an exclusive license to certain IP rights of Home Skinovations Ltd., all the foregoing in consideration for an aggregate amount of $
F - 43